Home

Mercedes Benz 2010 E-Class Sedan User's Manual

Contents

1. A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Z Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where alap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an
2. Switching Blind Spot Assist on or off gt Press button lt or gt to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press button jor a Blind Spot gt Press button to select the Asst function OK gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status Depending on the previous status Bl ind Spot Assist will be Enabled or Disabled For more information on Blind Spot Assist see gt page 175 Switching Lane Keeping Assist on or off gt Press button lt or gt to select the DriveAssist menu to select the Asst function OK gt Press button v jor a Lane Keep gt Press button gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status After the function has been activated the Lane Keeping Assist indicator appears in the lower part of the multifunction display For more information on Lane Keeping Assistance see gt page 177 Service menu Inthe Serv menu the following functions are available e Vehicle status message memory gt page 139 e Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system Canada only gt page 233 e Checking tire inflation pressure electronically with the Advanced TPMS gt page 233 e Calling up the maintenance service indicator display gt page 259 Vehicle status messag
3. 198 Tie down rings eere 199 Tightening torque Wheelers enes 328 TIN Tire Identification Number 251 Tire and Loading Information placard a ces ves evs r EER 237 Tire and loading terminology 249 TIREFI wissesetecsssestds caceccenteestevecesesetacts 329 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure Checking asec saceca ices cee eat eee eteeea tke 231 Important Notes ON eeeeeeeeeeeee 230 Label on the inside of fuel filler TA o ssvsecvewvexsvevven E T 230 Placard on driver s door B pillar 237 Tire labeling sisccninscieeee Tire load rating Tire ply composition and material UET E E E T 251 Tire pressure loss warning system 232 Tire repair kit see TIREFIT Tire SeeSee 228 353 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS secescsestaccscnsecatvviveaacesscscvaeves 233 Air PrOSSUPC sscccsezsceesssatastessasceehecs Care and maintenance Cleaning sinnena Direction of rotation spinning Important notes on tire inflation PIESSUTG pii vaadaasssscdsueesatacacessecestanscce Inflation pressure seses Information placard INSPECTION ssiesssisiniiri urinni labelihg se ccocecissstsgaceesedetaetsoarsseesiass Load INDEX sesters OAC Tatil NB nenene Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY iisiit eee aS 284 304 MOEXtENdEd cece c ticcssavce cess eecnsies Ply composition and material WSOC Fees fete EE AEAEE EA Problems under overinflation REEF CAS i
4. Vehicles without front fog lamps gt Switching on rear fog lamp Press switch of gt page 97 The rear fog lamp and the yellow indicator lamp o in the instrument cluster come on gt Switching off rear fog lamp Press switch of gt page 97 The rear fog lamp and the yellow indicator lamp 0 in the instrument cluster goes out Locator lighting The locator lighting is described in the Control system section see Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 142 Combination switch Turn signals gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow or The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp or amp in the instrument cluster flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes gt Press the combination switch only to the point of resistance in direction of arrow 2 or 4 and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three times High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z gt page 97 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The high beam headlamp indicator lamp D in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow to its original position
5. ceeeeseeeeees 143 Emergency lighting c e 103 FROME ccscscececseessosspececaessteyscbenctensosetcs 103 Front reading lamps sss 103 ROAM ss ssseccereesdacivienietetensbeeeetentts 104 Rear reading lamps cesseeeeeeee 104 Interior rear view mirror 05 94 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 95 Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping 0 0 0 0 ee 104 Rain Sensor ssiccsssiiiscceveneeisvenceessens 104 IR emitter Replacing bulbs sser 319 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH type see Children in the vehicle Key Mechanical Loss Of sananne 79 Replacing siros annens 80 Unlocking locking manually 314 Valet lOCKING scstcscccssscesaccsesbiceedssbeteed 85 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp seeeseeeseeeeees 79 Checking batteries 0 0 0 ceeeeeeees 79 Factory setting sinesten 77 79 Global locking KEYLESS GO Cn ren a 79 Global locking SmartKey s es 77 Global unlocking KEYLESS SO ooreet a a 79 Global unlocking SIMAMEK CY moree etsien tiree 77 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 78 Locking UNIOCKING sesser 76 LOSS OF seccessesecicveccusptcnsiseseccteecooesnteees 79 Messages in the multifunction display vncicccnwidewaaiannincess 293 Opening trUNK 5 cccssccecesseesectseseeteace 82 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof or the PANOTAMA FOOP seesi evr eir Opening and closing the windows Remote Control c
6. Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 272 A Warning individual on the front passenger seat do not If the 3 k indicator lamp illuminates have any passenger use the front passenger and remains illuminated with the weight of a seat until the system has been repaired typical adult or someone larger than a small Problem USA only EAG The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp does not illuminate and or does not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat Z Warning If the B i indicator lamp does not Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat gt Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the seat are present gt f the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in
7. A Warning Whenever you are using a floormat make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormat is securely fastened The floormat should always be securely fastened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormat is securely in place and adjust it if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement gt Move the driver s seat as far to the rear as possible gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets C onto retainer pins Useful features gt Press button approximately 3 seconds Controls in detail Fea Vehicle equipment The first 1000 miles 1500 km At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Driving instructions 00 Operation aa At the gas station Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance later on Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500
8. e not have recognized the collision risk e have been deactivated e be malfunctioning Apply the brakes yourself to avoid a collision The PRE SAFE Brake does not always clearly interpret complex traffic situations If a visual and or acoustic warning is issued in an uncritical driving situation or if the vehicle brakes lightly you can interrupt the PRE SAFE Brake maneuver by pressing down all the way on the accelerator pedal using kickdown or releasing the brake pedal The PRE SAFE Brake maneuver is terminated immediately when e you avoid the obstacle by evasive steering e you drive less than 9 mph 15 km h e an obstacle can no longer be identified ahead of you e the system no longer senses the risk of a collision The PRE SAFE Brake will remain passive while DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt page 149 After a hard collision or damage to the front of the vehicle from an accident have the settings and operation of the radar sensors checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Activating and deactivating Activate or deactivate the PRE SAFE Brake using the instrument cluster control system gt page 137 After the function has been activated the PRE SAFE Brake indicator F5 e4 appears in the instrument cluster When the HOLD function is switched on the PRE SAFE Brake indicator Este will not appear In vehicles with Parking Guidance the automatic transmission must be in park position
9. to select the to select the Radar Sensor See Oper Manual function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status Depending on the previous status the radar sensors will be switched on Enabled or off Disabled The selected status of the radar sensors remains stored in memory even if the engine is turned off and restarted Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Sett menu Use the Convenience submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature gt page 145 or to activate the seat belt adjustment feature gt page 145 Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 93 Control system ae A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Fy gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Sett me
10. Lighting Ree lamp EO in the instrument cluster goes out The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display remains on Adaptive control of the headlamp leveling takes place at a speed of approximately 25 mph 40 km h gt Deactivating Pull the combination switch back to its initial position The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display goes out e the optical sensor area of the windshield is dirty fogged up or covered by a sticker for example The system cannot recognize the following road users Controls in detail Fa e Road users without a lighting system of their own e g pedestrians e Road users with dim lighting of their own e g cyclists e Road users whose lighting is obstructed e g road users behind a guardrail e In some seldom cases even road users with a lighting system of their own may be recognized too late or not at all High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch The automatic high beam headlamps will then briefly in direction of arrow not be deactivated or it will be activated in spite of preceding or oncoming road users This could endanger you and or others and cause an accident Always pay close attention to the traffic situation and switch off the high beam manually if necessary Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all time
11. cccccceecceceeceeeeneee 284 297 ATTENTION ASSIST ociseisscsissississs 292 Automatic transmission cesseseeeeeeeeees 283 284 BaCKi StSitsiss saccssreadeisdeledssstasetsvese 293 Battery snc ccccceccssevscccsteeesesanes 284 297 Blind Spot ASsist siccis 281 Brake Tid seccscciccsveicsctassescccesseesccers 289 Brake PadS ceccvaciescecteeessbesecesiesievses 287 Child Seat ssicscecscecesnsscevsnevecsovvsnssosve 279 Coolant Corner illuminating lamps 303 Cruise control scccecssicecssieceess 279 DISTRONIC PLUS cicsisccsessccscenszeciies 280 DO TS astisiroipirssiuirerersrsinorsri terisini 293 EB Per trigere aneseeen nesae En Ee EEn 289 Engine Oil s cceccecsecccaeveeteestevenseececesss 298 E TE 288 289 290 FOS lamps tessi 300 302 Front passenger front air bag 276 GIS CAD ra EEEE CENE 298 High beam lamps sssesesssesssrseesseeses 301 HOGG MAAA E E E E 293 Lane Keeping Assist eeeeeeeee 283 License plate lamps sisisi 301 LiSHE SENSOF csc secsesececeseseeeesenceens 302 Low beam lamps 01 eeseeseeeeeeneeees 302 Parking brake cc sssecccetssseeseecesns 289 Parking lapsiasia sess 301 Power Steering 0 ceeeeeeesseeeeeeeneeees 295 PRE SAFE Terrain 274 Radar SeNSOTS ssop easripi y 282 Reserve Tul ssc scssceseecosesseeces sees 298 Reverse lamp sssscscsscsdecestsesesccsaeesess 300 Side marker lamps s es 300 SmartKey secbscscseececesssetceastssacenesesede 293 SRS c
12. Engine compartment ty A Warning Vehicles with gasoline engine The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually A Warning Vehicles with diesel engine The engine is equipped with a high voltage electronic control unit for the injection system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components of the injection system injectors electrical wires Operation i e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on gt Pull hood lock release lever a The hood is unlocked H Never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Otherwise the windshield wipers or the hood could be damaged A Engine compartment gt Som oO Q O SS P88 40 2880 231 gt Push handle under the hood upwards gt Pull up on the hood and then release it The hood will be held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts automatically Closing A Warning When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged bef
13. When the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine 20 more times If you do not add AdBlue the engine cannot be started beyond that point Fill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 I AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers or have the AdBlue tank filled by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For refilling outside the maintenance service intervals refill the AdBlue tank with approximately 1 gal 3 79 1I AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 AdBlue refill containers Always use the particular AdBlue refill containers for refilling outside the maintenance service interval Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance if necessary gt page 210 Additional information on BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment and AdBlue is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refilling with AdBlue Z Warning Make sure e AdBlue does not come into contact with skin eyes or clothing e to keep AdBlue out of the reach of children If you and or others have come into contact with AdBlue e If AdBlue has gotten into contact with eyes flush with plenty of water immediately and seek medical help e Clean affected skin immediately with plenty of water e if AdBlue was swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Consult a physician A Warn
14. Window curtain air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms Window curtain air bags Q are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e independently of the front air bags e regardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied e regardless of whether the seat belt on the impacted side of the vehicle is in use e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Window curtain air bags Q are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Window curtain air bags Q deploy in the area indicated by the arrows Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS is standard equipment in USA The OCS activates or deactivates the front passenger front air bag automatically The respective status is based on the classified occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate e the front passenger side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs To be classified correctly the front passenger must sit e with the seat belt properly fastened e in a position that is as upright as possible wi
15. A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is switched off automatically after b gt Controls in detail Foal A Power tilt sliding sunroof Controls in detail E some time of operation depending on the outside temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button REM The indicator lamp above the button comes on gt Switching off Press button RB again The rear window defroster switches off when the battery voltage is too low Too many electrical consumers may be operating simultaneously gt Switch off consumers that are currently not needed if required Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding sunroof is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding sunroof operates differently
16. The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or while driving The red seat belt telltale flashes while driving In addition an intermittent warning chime sounds with increasing intensity Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off gt Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the engine You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt gt Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding You and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding There are items placed on the front passenger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied gt
17. b gt Occupant safety aes Safety and security Occupant safety Safety and security Oo gt Raising Slide the seat belt outlet height adjuster upward The seat belt outlet height adjuster engages in different positions gt Lowering Press and hold release button Q gt Slide the seat belt outlet height adjuster downward gt Release release button 4 and make sure the seat belt outlet height adjuster engages into place Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt telltale 4 will always illuminate for 6 seconds to remind you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will sound The warning chime goes out after approximately 6 seconds or once the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with front doors closed e the seat belt telltale 4 remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale 4 starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and front passenger s seat belt are f
18. gt Pulling into parking space Keep the steering wheel in position and drive backward carefully gt Stop as soon as an acoustic signal sounds The vehicle has reached the countersteering point The message Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left appears in the multifunction Controls in detail fy Rear view camera display The rear view camera is an optical parking aid gt Countersteering With the vehicle still The area behind the vehicle appears in the standing turn the steering wheel in the COMAND system display as a mirror image indicated direction until the arrow is like in the rear view mirror completely white and an acoustic signal Warning sounds Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be gt Pulling into parking space Keep the steering wheel in position and drive backward carefully injured gt Stop as soon as an acoustic signal sounds Stop the vehicle immediately when the A Warning Parktronic systems issues an audible The rear view camera is only an aid and may continuous warning signal display obstacles The message Parking Guidance Finished appears in the multifunction display and an acoustic signal sounds You e inaccurately may be prompted to steer into a different e may not display obstacles at all direction and then shift the automatic transmission to a another position The display
19. Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid 21 Vehicles with gasoline engine only improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Jump starting should only be performed using the jump start terminals located in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the oth
20. When you now open the driver s door the power supply is switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp turn signal indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for the fog lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster gt page 304 When you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once and the driver s door is open the power supply is switched off eats 57 Safety notes Z Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control the following must be done before the vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment e head restraint adjustment e steering wheel adjustment e rear view mirror adjustment e fastening of seat belts Controls in detail F 4 A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be
21. ZA Vehicle care gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water gt Do not spray directly towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and dry with a chamois thoroughly Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Operation L Automatic car wash A Warning The vehicle is braked when the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Therefore deactivate the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS before the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an automatic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button 6 a on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting 0 Otherwise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an auto
22. e with the engine at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off Checking engine oil level gt Open the hood gt page 223 Example illustration Diesel engine gt Pull out oil dipstick gt Wipe oil dipstick clean gt Slowly insert oil dipstick fully into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick again after approximately 3 seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level is correct when it is between lower min mark 8 and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick E 350 The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 E 550 E 63 AMG The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 1 6 US qt 1 5 1 gt If necessary add engine oil Engine compartment For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 359 For information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 298 Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an
23. gt page 86 The KEYLESS GO system is malfunctioning gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch gt page 86 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch The washer fluid in the washer fluid reservoir has fallen below the minimum level gt Add washer fluid gt page 227 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display es Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Power Power assistance for the steering system is not available A Steering considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to steer the Malfunctio vehicle n gt Check whether you are capable to apply the higher degree See of effort necessary to safely steer the vehicle Operator s i Manual If you are able to steer the vehicle safely gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If in any way you feel that you are not able to steerthe vehicle amp safely S gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so S gt Apply the parking brake 3 gt Do not continue to drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center a Engine Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check The coolant level is too low Coolant gt Add coolant gt page 226 mod gt If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling ene system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cent
24. refill container 3 gt Place AdBlue refill container on the filler neck as illustrated and tighten it moderately hand tight by turning it clockwise H Make sure to tighten the AdBlue refill container only moderately i e hand tight P Turi Aiie nier tap covey iT as you could aa ee it Practical hints P counterclockwise and remove it gt Push AdBlue refill container down The AdBlue tank is filled This may take up to 1 minute When you stop pushing the AdBlue refill container down the filling process is stopped and you can remove the refill container gt Release AdBlue refill container gt Turn AdBlue refill container counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn AdBlue filler cap counterclockwise and open it Filler cap is tethered with a plastic strap gt Place AdBlue filler cap on filler neck and turn it clockwise a Battery Practical hints _ gt Place AdBlue filler cap cover as illustrated and turn it clockwise to its stop gt Lower the trunk floor gt Close the trunk gt Drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 10 mph 16 km h The message Check Additive See Operator s Manual disappears after approximately 1 minute If the message Check Additive See Operator s Manual still appears in the multifunction display refill with one more container of AdBlue Have the AdBlue level checked and if necessary filled
25. 103 Automatic locking when driving 144 Automatic shift program 120 Automatic transmission 114 Automatic shift program sses 120 Gear range indicator eee 120 Gear ranges serrera 120 G ar Selector lGVEP rcer 115 Hill start assist system 005 160 KiGKAOWihssssseccssetesecezesheesdesbsasoetesd 119 Kickdown manual shift program 124 Manual shift program sesse 122 One touch gearshifting 0 0 121 Program mode indicator 121 Program mode selector dial E63 AMG sesccvessisecesctssecestecies 121 123 Program mode selector switch automatic shift program 120 Shifting procedure eeeeeeeeeeees 118 Steering wheel gearshift control 122 Transmission position indicator 118 Transmission positions 118 AUX SOCKEL ciiise 201 Axle O1NS ss 0scccccevecntcicecvervsdssccestteneess 360 C BabySmart Air bag deactivation system 46 Self test si siscicsnicinatinticeneeae 47 Backrest see Seats Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction Q SplaY cscssazcssatsacesstsacehisssceacshesteese 300 Bar air pressure unit 250 BAS Brake Assist System 63 BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS ceirar a 63 Batteries SmartKey Checking Condition sesser 79 Replacing a ssee c secsesttcevess oetecstcecens 317 Battery Vehicle 0 0 0 0 336 CASING esseiescancsesste
26. 11 3 m Weights E 350 BlueTEC Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg Technical data Vehicle specification E 350 4MATIC 212 087 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 350 4MATIC Engine type 272 4 stroke engine gasoline injection Mode of operation No of cylinders 6 Bore 3 66 in 92 90 mm Stroke 3 39 in 86 00 mm Total piston 213 5 cu in displacement 3498 cm Compression NOZEN ratio 26 Data apply to unladen vehicle with standard equipment Data may vary in vehicles equipped with AIRMATIC depending on the selected damping settings and the current vehicle level gt D an Vehicle specification E 550 212 072 Technical data tl Engine E 350 4MATIC Output acc to SAE J 134927 268 hp 6000 rpm 200 kW 6 000 rpm Maximum torque 258 b ft acc toSAEJ 1349 2400 5000 rpm 350 Nm 2 400 5000 rpm Maximum engine 6500 rpm speed Firing order 1 4 3 6 2 5 Poly V belt 2392 mm Electrical system E 350 4MATIC Alternator 14V 180A Starter motor 12 V 1 4 kW Battery 12 V 70 Ah Spark plugs type Bosch Y 7 MPP33 Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm electrode gap Spark plugs 15 18 Ib ft tightening torque 20 25 Nm Main dimensions E 350 4MATIC Overall vehicle 191 9 in 4874 mm length Overall vehicle 81 5 in 2071 mm width2 Ov
27. Exception If the ESC is switched off or malfunctioning shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N if the vehicle is in danger of skidding H Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Drive position The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt U S vehicles except AMG vehicles Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Canada vehicles and AMG vehicles Depress the accelerator pedal past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission shifts into a lower gear Automatic transmission Eee Controls in detail Pay A Automatic transmission Controls in detail bea Rocking the vehicle Rocking the vehicle by shifting the automatic transmission directly between drive position D and reverse gear R can help free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow The engine control system of this vehicle electronically limits directly shifting the automatic transmission between drive position D and reverse gear R to very low speeds i e approximately 5 mph 9 km h To shift the automatic transmission directly between driv
28. Front storage compartments A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket or a media interface is located in the glove box For information on Audio AUX mode or on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instructions The glove box can be ventilated gt page 188 gt Opening Pull glove box lid release 4 gt Closing Push glove box lid upwards until it engages You can lock the glove box e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The glove box can only be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key i 1 Glove box unlocked 2 Glove box locked Storage compartment in front center console A storage compartment is located under the cup holder in the front center console gt Open cover Q gt page 203 gt Remove cup holder in the front center console gt page 203 Loading and storing eal Controls in detail FA os Loading and storing Front armrest storage compartment All models except E
29. Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h up to 106 mph 170 km h up to 112 mph 180 km h up to 118 mph 190 km h up to 149 mph 240 km h up to 168 mph 270 km h R S T H up to 130 mph 210 km h V Ww Y up to 186 mph 300 km h ZR up to 186 mph 300 km h 140r M S 4 for winter tires Index Speed rating ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of load index and speed symbol If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed capability If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99
30. Make sure the correct tire inflation pressure is set for each tire gt Then restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 232 The tire pressure loss warning system is malfunctioning gt Have the tire pressure loss warning system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Ea Display messages Check Tire pressures will be displayed Tire Press Monitor Tire Pressure Monitor TirePress Tire Pressure Soon after driving a few minutes Inoperativ Inoperativ e No Wheel Sensors Sensor s M issing Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The tire pressure loss warning system indicates that the tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Check the tires and if necessary change the wheel gt page 323 gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 231 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system after adjusting the tire inflation pressure values gt page 232 The tire inflation pressure is being checked by the Advanced TPMS gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes Practical hints The Advanced TPMS is malfunctioning gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There are wheels
31. Please exercise appropriate caution H Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat b gt A Flat tire Practical hints J You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off If the tire inflation pressure of at least 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained gt Turn off the electric air pump by pressing O on electric air pump switch gt Detach filler hose 8 from tire valve gt Drive vehicle back or forth very slowly approximately 30 ft 10 m This serves to better distribute the TIREFIT sealant material inside the tire gt Inflate the tire again A Warning If a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained the tire is too severely damaged for TIREFIT to provide a reliable tire repair In this case TIREFIT cannot properly seal the tire Do not drive the vehicle Contact the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance After attaining a tire inflation pressure of at least 26 psi 1 8 bar gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch The electric air pump is switched off gt Detach the TIREFIT kit from the tire valve A Warning The air hose may still be hot Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when detaching the electric air pump H Remaining TIREFIT sealant could escape from the filler hose after it has been detached from the tire valve TIREFIT sealant may cause stains T
32. Press and hold button standard display appears to select the until the Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button lt or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select From Start 40 From start gt m 0 Distance driven since start Time elapsed since start Average speed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period The fuel consumption statistics since start reset automatically to 0 after 9999 miles or 999 hours whichever occurs first Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button lt or gt to select the Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select From Reset Distance driven since last reset Time elapsed since last reset Average speed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset The fuel consumption statistics since last reset reset automatically to O after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs first Resetting values You can reset the values for the following functions e Trip
33. Shifting into reverse gear R gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal gt Move the gear selector lever up past the resistance point Shifting into drive position D gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal gt Move the gear selector lever down past the resistance point A Automatic transmission Controls in detail beat Shifting procedure The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e the selected gear range gt page 120 e the selected program mode C S gt page 120 or M E 63 AMG only gt page 122 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e extending the gear range e changing the gears manually E 63 AMG only E 63 AMG Double clutching is active when downshifting in all program modes Double clutching reduces load alteration effects and supports sporty driving The degree to which you perceive double clutching acoustically varies depending on the selected program mode Transmission positions The current transmission position appears in the multifunction display All models except E 63 AMG Transmission position indicator E 63 AMG Transmission position indicator If the current transmission position does not appear in the multifunction display due to a malfunction for example make
34. Wheel offset All season tires Winter tires 739 Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Winter tires 739 36 Canada only 37 Radial ply tires 38 Must be used in conjunction with tire pressure loss warning system or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System only 39 Not available as factory equipment E 350 Luxury BlueTEC E 350 BlueTEC 8 0 J x 17 H2 1 89 in 48 mm 245 45 R17 95H M S MOExtended 245 45 R17 99V XL Extra Load M S 4 MOExtended 8 E 350 Sport BlueTEC 8 5 Jx 17 H2 1 89 in 48 mm 245 45 R17 95H M S MOExtended 245 45 R17 99V XL Extra Load M S 4 MOExtended E 350 Luxury 5 E 550 Luxury 5 EO J 17 H2 1 89 in 48 mm COJO 17 H2 1 89 in 48 mm 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S Ay E 350 BlueTEC LA U e 1 89 in 48 mm 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S 4 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S 245 45 R17 99H XL Extra Load M S 4 Technical data m Technical data LS 18 Rims light alloy wheels Wheel offset All season tires Winter tires 739 18 AMG rims light alloy wheels Wheel offset All season tires Winter tires 9 Mixed size tires so ims and tes E 350 4MATIC E 350 Luxury 4MATIC 5 8 5 x 18 H2 1 89 in 48 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 245 40 R18 97H XL Extra Load M S 4 E 350 4MATIC Sport
35. able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Restarting the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system must be restarted in the following situations e after you have changed the tire inflation pressure e after you have replaced the wheels or tires e after you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure according to the incorrect value gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt 4 or gt onthe multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt page 138 gt Press button a or v onthe multifunction steering wheel to select Tire Pressure gt Press button OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Active Pre
36. driving is permitted Racing on public roads is prohibited under all circumstances The driver is and must always remain responsible for following posted speed limits The RACETIMER allows you to time and save driving stretches gt Press button 4 or gt AMG menu gt Press button a repeatedly until the RACETIMER appears in the multifunction display to select the 60 mph to Li 98 14 O mo 180 P54 32 7917 31 RACETIMER Lap number You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or the starter switch is in position 2 gt page 85 While the RACETIMER is being displayed you cannot adjust the audio volume using buttons jor gt Starting Press button gt Displaying intermediate time Press button while the timer is running The intermediate time is shown for 5 seconds gt Stopping Press button When you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 gt page 85 or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO turn off the engine and do not open the driver s door the RACETIMER stops timing Timing is resumed when you press button after switching the ignition back on or restarting the engine Saving lap time and starting a new lap You can save up to 16 laps gt Press button while the timer is running The intermediate time will be shown fo
37. e Selecting radio station gt page 134 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 135 e Operating video DVD gt page 135 If the COMAND system is currently switched off the message Audio Off appears in the multifunction display gt To adjust the volume Press button or onthe multifunction steering wheel Selecting radio station The SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio is treated as a radio application For more information on SIRIUS XM Satellite Radio refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to a satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle gt Switch on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button lt or gt to select the Audio menu The currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display Control system 135 Example illustration for FM radio Stored memory position Station frequency Wave band setting gt Selecting next or previous stored station Press button v or a to select a stored station gt Selecting next or previous station in wave band Press and hold button or A to select a station briefly You
38. e a current identity card passport or drivers license If you are an authorized person e the vehicle s current state registration e a current identity card passport or drivers license for the authorized individual e signed and dated authorization from the owner of the vehicle for which the key is being requested Duplicated or photocopied documentation will not be accepted Activating the key Once you or an authorized person has provided the appropriate documents the Mercedes Benz Center will need to synchronize the key to your vehicle before it can be used In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center need access to your vehicle Zn Locking and unlocking Opening the doors from the inside You can open a door from the inside even when it is locked unless it is secured with the child safety lock gt page 60 Open door only when conditions are safe to do so m Example illustration driver s door If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 73 gt Front doors Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respective front door If the door was locked locking knob Q will move up gt Rear doors Pull up locking knob on the respective rear door to unlock door Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk lock automatically when the vehicle is set
39. extend completely gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Opening and closing the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel A Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning When opening or closing the tilt sliding panel make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The tilt sliding panel is equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly The tilt sliding panel operates differently when the roof panel switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked section in this chapter for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding panel can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction A Warning The panorama roof with tilt sliding panel is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or
40. gt Attach upper part Q of the sticker where it will be easily seen by the driver on the instrument cluster gt Attach lower part 2 of the sticker to the damaged tire close to the tire valve A Warning Take care not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swallowed or absorbed through the skin causes skin eye and respiratory irritation Any contact with eyes or skin should be flushed immediately with plenty of water If clothing comes in contact with TIREFIT change clothing as soon as possible In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately A Warning Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Consult a physician immediately If sealant has leaked out let it dry You can then peel it off If clothing has come in contact with TIREFIT have it dry cleaned with perchloroethylene as soon as possible A Warning Observe safety instructions on air pump label Your vehicle may be equipped with either of two versions of the electric air pump e Version 1 The air hose with pressure gauge and the electrical plug are located behind a flap e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located in the pump housing The air hose and electrical plug are located at the bottom of the pump housing The following description ap
41. is not twisted e head restraint A is installed if removable and positioned such that top tether strap can pass freely between head restraint Q and top of the seat backrest gt Lower head restraint Q if necessary gt page 90 Once hook is attached the child restraint itself can be secured gt Install the child restraint system and tighten top tether strap according to the child restraint manufacturer s instructions After removing the child restraint system and top tether strap gt Pull down and close anchorage ring cover 2 from respective anchorage ring Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX A Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ib 18 kg until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Install child seat according to manufacturer s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to both anchors An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be replaced Each rear outer seat has two LATCH type ISOFIX anchors for the i
42. it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion D Vehicle equipment 006 Where will find 00 0 eee Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Wihatitoidojitzin tects ee ree Unlocking locking manually Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs ceeeeeneee Replacing wiper blades Flatties ccc reece eee Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only a nn AdBlue diesel engine only Practical hints A Where will I find Practical hints _ Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for yo
43. lubricants etc gt page 359 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 224 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 231 e Coolant level gt page 226 e Vehicle lighting gt page 318 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 227 e Brake fluid gt page 227 Engine compartment Hood Z Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehicle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening A Warning Do not open the hood when the engine is overheated You could be seriously injured Observe the coolant temperature gauge to determine whether the engine may be overheated If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment move away from the vehicle Wait until the engine has cooled If necessary call the fire department A Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool completely before touching any components on the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety precautions Z Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades
44. preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windshield will not be wiped properly As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic conditions and could cause an accident H Never open the hood when a wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Mercedes Benz recommends that you have this work carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 gt page 86 Removing wiper blades H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer Installing wiper blades gt Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it locks in place gt Rotate the wiper blade into a position parallel to the wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back Flat tire gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front Safety notes Your vehicle may be equipped with e a Mini
45. resumes to the last set speed or if no speed is stored it will set and store the current speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS gt Depress the brake pedal only possible if the vehicle is in motion or gt Briefly push the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow 3 gt page 153 The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The DISTRONIC PLUS switches off automatically when the vehicle is secured with the parking brake e the vehicle speed falls below 15 mph 25 km h and no preceding vehicle is detected e the ESC is in operation or switched off with the ESC switch gt page 66 or the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N while driving e the radar sensors are switched off e you pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow gt page 153 for driving off and the passenger door is open The segments indicating the set speed in the multifunction display go out an acoustic signal sounds and the message DISTRONIC PLUS Off appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system unless the DIST
46. to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the b gt A Useful features information on to the Customer Assistance Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Customer Assistance Center The Tele Aid system The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance Controls in detail _ e Information To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the
47. to recover sufficiently Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Attention Assist Inoperativ Vehicle Display messages P Jx Rear Left Backrest ot Latched or Rear Right Backrest ot Latched Take Your Key From Ignition Obtain A New Key Close Doors To lock Vehicle Hi T Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The trunk is open gt Close the trunk gt page 82 You are driving with the hood open gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Close the hood gt page 224 There is otherwise danger of an accident You are driving with at least one door open The display symbol shows you which doors are open gt Close all doors The left or right rear seat backrest is not engaged gt Adjust the rear seat backrest until it is fully engaged in position You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The SmartKey is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You tried to lock the vehicle but not all doors were closed gt Close doors and lock the vehicle again b gt Practical hints Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display D
48. when the sunroof switch is pressed and held See the Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked section for details The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halted by releasing the sunroof switch or if the sunroof switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the sunroof switch in any direction A Warning The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts properly as entire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close the tilt sliding sunroof due to a malfunction contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not c
49. 353 341 A QO B e2 amp e2 208080 Function Steering wheel gearshift control Cruise control lever Cruise control DISTRONIC PLUS Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Horn Gear selector lever Front Parktronic warning indicators Overhead control panel Glove box Center console Starter switch 146 149 125 126 115 167 33 201 32 85 0000 00 Cockpit P56 10 4174 31 Function KEYLESS GO start stop button Steering wheel adjustment stalk Combination switch Turn signals Wipers High beam Parking brake pedal On board diagnostics OBD socket Hood lock release Parking brake release Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Night View Assist Plus Page 86 93 100 104 100 113 223 113 34 97 172 27 At a glance m a Please refer to the overview of the indicator and warning lamps gt page 29 Function Fuel gauge Speedometer Cruise control speed 0100 segments DISTRONIC PLUS segments Multifunction display Coolant temperature gauge Tachometer Clock Instrument cluster illumination Page 126 146 151 128 128 126 125 P54 32 7913 31 Indicator and warning lamps OVO OC O O Function ESC OFF warning lamp Preglow indicator lamp diesel engine only Front foglamp indicator lamp Rear foglamp indicator lamp Left turn signal indicator
50. 4039 31 b gt Controls in detail Pay a Climate control system Function Recommendation Notes Temperature O Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control driver s side Display Controls in detail Leal 12 D 10 9 P68 20 4006 21 Canada only Function Recommendation Notes Air recirculation i Only use this function for a short time gt page 190 e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Front defroster Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 189 windshield and the front door windows are clear again ZONE function on gt page 191 off Display Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The gt page 186 air volume indicator lamp above button auro comes automatic mode on A C cooling on off Switch on off the air conditioning gt page 185 Rear window gt page 191 defroster Climate control on Switch on off the climate control gt page 185 off system Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control passenger side Air distribution gt page 189 Climate control system Rie Function Recommendation Notes Air volume gt page 189 Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control driver s side 3 zone automatic climate control Controls in detail Fea P68 20 4004 31 Canada only Function Recom
51. Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Air bags A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags window curtain air bags and pelvis air bags e rollovers window curtain air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities Deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither harmful to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considera
52. Center A blown fuse must be replaced by an appropriate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject In case of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The fuse chart is located in the trunk with the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 The fuse chart explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Open the trunk gt Opening Insert flat blunt object as a lever into the upper edge of cover Q and pull cover Q downward in direction of arrow gt Closing Install cover Q gt Open the hood Fuses es Practical hints Practical hints Le gt With adry cloth remove any moisture fro
53. E pg 10 8334 21 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb counterclockwise and pull it out gt Insert bulb into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 Practical hints Front turn signal lamp bulb halogen headlamps only P82 10 5331 31 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 gt Turn bulb socket Q counterclockwise and pull it out b gt ag Replacing wiper blades Practical hints gt Turn the bulb counterclockwise with light pressure and pull it out of bulb socket 4 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket and turn the bulb clockwise gt Insert bulb socket Q into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 Replacing wiper blades A Warning For safety reasons switch off the wipers and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Warning Wiper blades are components that are subject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year
54. Fluid or approved Dexron IIl ATF Chevron Texaco CHF 9109 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Brake system All models approx 0 53 US qt 0 5 I MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Cooling system E 350 approx 8 9 US qt 8 4 I MB 325 0 E 350 4MATIC Anticorrosion Antifreeze E 350 BlueTEC approx 12 2 US qt 11 51 IE 5510 approx 10 9 US qt 10 3 I E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG approx 11 6 US qt 11 01 Ee Fuel tank All models 21 1 US gal 80 0 I Gasoline engine Premi leaded Fuel tank All models approx 2 4 US gal 9 0 I E aire 5 reserve except E 63 AMG Beed Ocan D E 63 AMG approx 3 7 US gal 14 01 Avg of S 96 RON 86 MON Z Air All models R134a refrigerant O conditioning and special system PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Washer system All models 6 3 US qt 6 0 1 MB Windshield and headlamp except Washer cleaning E 350 BlueTEC Concentrate system gt page 367 E 350 BlueTEC Approved engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required 3 7 US qt 3 51 Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 367 Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recommendations for scheduled oil for vehicles with the Main
55. H In manual program mode M the automatic transmission will not upshift even if the engine has reached its overrevving range Shift up into the next gear before the engine has reached its overrevving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer Otherwise the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Briefly pull right gearshift control gt page 122 The automatic transmission shifts into the next higher gear Upshift indicator Thy a 1 2 wo 40 60 mph UP E 183 F 30 ab 154 F In manual program mode M upshift indicator in the multifunction display advises you to upshift before the engine reaches the overspeed range Thus you can drive at the maximum engine speed for each gear without overrevving the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission from current gear Q into the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be interrupted to prevent the engine from overrevwving 123 Controls in detail Fes A Transfer case Controls in detail le Downshifting A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly pull left gearshift control gt page 122 The automatic transmission shifts into the next l
56. Mercedes Benz Center for this purpose Do not use the rear view camera in these situations Otherwise you could injure yourself or others and or damage property including your vehicle while parking maneuvering P54 66 3678 21 Camera lens Q must be free of dirt ice snow and slush to function properly Clean the camera lens regularly Being careful not to scratch or damage the camera lens see Cleaning the rear view camera lens gt page 263 Switching on or off gt Switching on Switch on the ignition gt Make sure the rear view camera is switched on in the COMAND system For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system gt Shift the automatic transmission to reverse gear R The area behind the vehicle appears in the COMAND system display The image from the rear view camera will no longer be displayed if you select another function on the COMAND system while reverse gear R is engaged To display the image again disengage and reengage reverse gear R gt Switching off Shift the automatic transmission into park position P neutral position N or drive position D Night View Assist Plus The Night View Assist Plus illuminates the road with infrared light in addition to the normal headlamps Driving systems 173 A camera at the top of the windshield measures the infrared light and shows a black and white image in the COMAND system
57. Parking spaces that are dirty overgrown or located in front of trailers may not be detected correctly Controls in detail Fe e Snowfall or heavy rain may cause imprecise measurement of the parking space e Also observe the Parktronic system warning indicator gt page 167 while the Parking Guidance is active e You may not use the Parking Guidance when transporting cargo that protrudes the vehicle Do not use the Parking Guidance when driving with snow chains or when a spare wheel is mounted How well your vehicle will be parked after completion of the Parking Guidance depends on the position and shape of the vehicles parked in front of and behind the parking space as well as the conditions of the immediate surroundings In certain cases the Parking Guidance may guide you too far into the parking space or not far enough If this is the case cancel the parking procedure with the Parking Guidance and correct the vehicle position yourself Detecting a parking space The Parking Guidance is active when driving forward The system operates at a vehicle b gt Driving systems Controls in detail speed of up to 22 mph 35 km h It scans automatically for and measures potential parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle Example illustration Detected parking space on the left Parking space symbol Detected parking space on the right At a vehicle speed of below 19 mph 30 km h you see parking s
58. Press button or a onthe SmartKey Battery check lamp Q comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 317 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button jor a willlock or unlock the vehicle accordingly If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following b gt Controls in detail Fa Controls in detail ae gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance company immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement For information on replacing the SmartKey see Replacing the SmartKey gt page 80 Replacing the SmartKey Only you or someone authorized by you can order a replacement key from any Mercedes Benz Center In order to do so the Mercedes Benz Center will require proof of identity and vehicle ownership with original documents including the following If you are the current owner of the vehicle e the vehicle s current state registration
59. Press button OK The current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display to select Tire Example illustration When the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the message Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minutes appears in the multifunction display The TPMS recognizes new wheels or sensors automatically after the learn in phase As long as the tire inflation pressure values cannot be allocated to the individual wheels the message Tire Pressure Monitor Active appears Despite this message the tire inflation pressure values are monitored already 0 witha spare wheel mounted the system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired Operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user
60. Restart Run Flat Indicator Inoperativ Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition an acoustic warning sounds The automatic transmission cannot be shifted out of the current transmission position because of a malfunction If the automatic transmission is in drive position D gt Without shifting the automatic transmission out of drive position D drive to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the automatic transmission is set to position neutral position N reverse gear R or park position P gt Do not drive gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into park position P although the vehicle was still in motion gt Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Shift the automatic transmission to park position P You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was in reverse gear R or drive position D gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neutral position N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed The backup battery for the automatic transmission is no longer charging gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There has been a warning message about a loss in the tire inflation pressure and the tire pressure loss warning system was not restarted yet gt
61. Seating configuration Occupants weight Combined weight of all occupants Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit from Tire and Loading Information placard minus combined weight of all occupants load gt page 241 Example 1 1500 Ibs Example 1 5 front 2 rear 3 Occupant 1 150 Ibs Occupant 2 180 Ibs Occupant 3 160 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs Occupant 5 120 Ibs 750 Ibs Example 1 1500 Ibs 750 lbs 750 Ibs Example 2 1500 Ibs Example 2 3 front 1 rear 2 Occupant 1 200 Ibs Occupant 2 190 Ibs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 540 Ibs Example 2 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs Certification label Example 3 1500 Ibs Example 3 1 front 1 Occupant 1 150 Ibs 150 Ibs Example 3 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 241 as to not exceed the permissible load limit you must make sure your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 346 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all o
62. Should the 3 se indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 k indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Zn k indicator lamp is illuminated If the 8 es indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Z Warning When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the front passenger front air bag will not deploy only if the 8 k indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the B eio indicator lamp every time you use a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat Should the 8 s Occupant safety indicator lamp go out while the restraint is install
63. Smart KEY a EEE Central locking unlocking switch Ceramic brake system Certification label Children in the vehicle Air bags BabySmart air bag deactivation system Child safety locks rear doors Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag off Canada only Indicator lamp front passenger front air bag off USA only Infant and child restraint systems ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH type OCS Occupant Classification System Override switch Safety notes Tether anchorage points Top tOtM Gr rentcar Child safety see Children in the vehicle Child seat anchors LATCH type ISOFIX see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip cleaning 23 E 206 Climate control see Climate control system Climate control system 180 Air CONItIONING sssssieieirirrnasrsie 185 Air conditioning refrigerant 362 AUF GISEMDULION sf 0ssaecsdsrsadeticsatannteass 189 Air recirculation mode n 190 AIR VOUNNG 2x02 ss25 0 00 TA 189 Automatic mode ceeeseeeeeeees 186 Deactivating system s es 185 Front defroster kisss ssseeseessecuseeeexs 189 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 190 Residual heat and ventilation 191 Temperature lt ccscccscsscsceeiiioscesseveece tes 186 COCK pit ics csscssedtisessststtaciosseeteeeesteaeees 27 Cold tire inflation pressure 250 Collapsible wheel chock 270 COMAND system see se
64. The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 97 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey b gt Controls in detail _ in starter switch position O or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 1 When the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when the engine is started A Warning Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Crash responsive exit aid When you open the driver s door after an accident has occurred the steering column moves up The position of the SmartKey in the starter switch is insignificant This function facilitates exiting as well as rescue of vehicle occupants The crash responsive exit aid can only be triggered when the easy entry exit feature is activated via the control system Heated steering wheel
65. The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn switch at the tip of the stalk in direction of arrow Q Indicator lamp 3 comes on The steering wheel heating may be suspended temporarily However indicator lamp remains on The steering wheel heating is suspended when the temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C It is also suspended when the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C gt Switching off Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direction of arrow Indicator lamp goes out Indicator lamp flashes or goes out in case of power surge or undervoltage or if the steering wheel heating malfunctions The steering wheel heating switches off automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition and open the driver s door For more information on the steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 126 Notes Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions Interior rear view mirror gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror manually _ Exterior rear view mirrors A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surf
66. Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmission to neutral position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 252 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect b gt Operation les Driving instructions Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed Z Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel To save fuel you should e Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e Remove unnecessary loads e Remove roof rack when not in use e Allow engine to warm up under low load use e Avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e Have
67. accident Installation of infant and child restraint systems A Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning Always lock the seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are occupied by passengers Lock the seat backrests in their upright position before installing top tether straps or when the extended cargo compartment is not in use Make sure that seat backrests are secured properly by pushing and pulling on the seat backrests If a seat backrest is not locked properly the seat backrest could fold The child seat would no longer be supported properly or positioned to provide its intended benefit That could cause serious or even fatal injuries This vehicle is equipped with tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Top tether straps enable an additional connection to be made between child restraint systems secured with LATCH type ISOFIX anchors and rear seats This can further reduce the risk of injury gt Move the respective head restraint to its uppermost position gt page 90 gt Lift up anchorage ring cover from anchorage ring P91 20 2267 31 gt Guide top tether strap G between head restraint and top of the seat backrest gt Securely fasten hook which is part of top tether strap to anchorage ring 3 Make sure e hook 4 is attached to anchorage ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated e top tether strap
68. additional number or a further letter in combination with the maintenance type can be indicated This indicates that further auxiliary maintenance work is required Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Clearing the maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator message is cleared automatically e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition e after approximately 10 seconds when reaching the service threshold while driving e after approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed gt Clearing the maintenance service indicator message manually Press button 4 or button OK on the multifunction steering wheel The standard display appears in the multifunction display Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded by XXXXX miles km Service A Exceeded by XXX days In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 129 You can call up the maintenance service indicator display at any time to check when the next maintenance serv
69. ae 146 Through standing water 0 257 With DISTRONIC PLUS eee 157 Driving and parking Safety MOS ai iccssiscs reira 109 Driving Off ancars 1E1257 Driving safety systems 000 61 IBS eie E 62 Adaptive Brake sssiiscsecsssccsiisesine 64 BAS EEA TE A TEE 63 BAS PLUS oenen 63 REEE E A ST 64 ESC o iaraa E 65 EIS 4 EIS enn E 65 PRE SAFE Brake ccccscsssscssssesteseseees 69 Driving systems AIRMATIC except E 63 AMG 163 All wheel drive 4MATIC nsss 161 AMG adaptive sport suspension system E 63 AMG eee 164 ATTENTION ASSIST 00 eeeeeereeeeeees 178 Blind Spot Assist orisirisi 175 CUISE CONTO 6 25 csvsecceseavasecouseoese 146 DISTIRONIG PLUS ccssesssevseveadscaeescs 149 Hill start assist system ee 160 HOLD FUNCTION eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 161 Lane Keeping Assist e eee 177 Night View Assist Plus eee 172 Parking Guidance issis es eeeeeeeeeseeees 168 Parktronic system eeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 165 RACE START E 63 AMG 006 159 Rear view camera c csssoenrceeeess 171 Driving tips automatic transmission e 119 E Easy entry exit feature 93 145 EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning e 64 Electrical system Improper work on or MOGITICATIONS eieennerror 22 POWER OUtIEtS virrioricorisrn sri 207 Electrical system Technical data see Vehicle specification Electronic Stability Control see ESC Electronic Traction System see E
70. and mild detergent solution gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield gt Clean inside of windshield in front of camera 2 with a soft non scratching cloth H If you use a windshield cleaning product make sure that none of the cleaning product comes into contact with the lens of the Night View Assist Plus camera H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the windows with hard objects gt Use recessed handle of camera cover to such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may swing camera cover up damage the windows Vehicle care Pets Cleaning the panorama roof The rear part of the tilt sliding panel has a protective layer on the inside gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution An automotive glass cleaner is recommended H Donotusea dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the protective layer with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Never ap
71. authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only The following will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation e Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System e Changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System e Using any oil additives Pota Example illustration E 350 E 550 similar a Engine compartment Som oO Q O gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 359 and gt page 361 Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coo
72. because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 3 indicator lamp is illuminated aS that the front passenger front air L is deactivated Should the 3 k indicator lamp not illuminate or go out t while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 8 itso indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Za k indicator lamp is illuminated If the 8 seer indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired o A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined e that the seat was empty or occupied by the weigh
73. because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes Occupant safety Eee SRS driver front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags for door windows Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs seat belt force limiters and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver s side knee bag and ETDs and side side impact air bags pelvis air bags window curtain air bags and ETDs impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETDs Safety and security 7 Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder It should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm For this purpose you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet Position
74. bolt and remove it gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt gt Remove the remaining bolts H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel bolts and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Attaching the spare wheel A Warning Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts A Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt H E 63 AMG with ceramic composite brake disk The rim could strike the ceramic composite brake disk when removing an
75. bottle sufficiently You and or vehicle occupants could be injured H Make sure that the bottom of the bottle in the bottle holder touches the floor The bottle holder could otherwise be damaged The bottle holder is designed to secure bottles of 25 fl oz 0 7 I to 54 fl oz 1 5 I The bottle holder does not keep a bottle in place but prevents it from tipping over a P68 00 6319 31 gt Press and hold adjuster Q gt Slide it in direction of arrow to match the size of the bottle gt Release adjuster 1 gt Insert the bottle into the bottle holder Sun visors A Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors Useful features ets closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected gt Adjust sun visor Q by pushing or pulling in glare can endanger you and others direction of arrows gt Flip down additional sun visor when you experience additional glare through the windshield Vanity mirror E The vanity mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting Q gt Flip sun visor down c gt Lift up vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp comes on Sun visor 2 Additional sun visor SS 8 Mounting Holder e g for gas cards A Warning Vanity mirror When operating the rear window sunshade Vanity mirror cover make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the extending or retracting Glare throu
76. button scroll up with button a With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the button OK to access the individual functions within that submenu Once within the submenu you can use button A to move to the next function or button v_ to move to the previous function within that submenu The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pages Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 141 e Permanent display speed display or outside temperature gt page 141 Lights submenu e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 141 e Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt page 142 e Switching locator lighting on or off gt page 142 e Setting ambient lighting gt page 143 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 143 Vehicle submenu e Switching automatic central locking on or off gt page 144 e Switching the radar sensors on or off gt page 144 Convenience submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 145 e Activating deactivating seat belt adjustment function gt page 145 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr Cluster submenu via the Sett menu Use the Instr Cluster submenu to change the instrument c
77. button v or a to select the desired number or name gt Press button or OK The control system dials the selected phone number Example illustration Selected name from the phone book Assistance menu In the DriveAssist menu you can change the settings of your driving systems The following functions are available gt If the Symbol 4 appears on the right hand side of the name several entries are present for the same name Press button or OK and select the desired entry Displaying distance graphic DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 152 e Activating deactivating PRE SAFE Brake vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS only gt Press button or OK The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Fel 137 If the connection is successful and this pee a feature is supported by your network Switching ATTENTION ASSIST on or off provider the name of the party if stored in gt page 138 your phone book you are calling will e Switching Blind Spot Assist on or off appear in the multifunction display gt page 138 The control system stores the dialed e Switching Lane Keeping Assist on or off number in the redial memory gt page 138 or gt Press button or a ifyoudonot Activating deactivating PRE SAFE want to make the call Brake vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS
78. call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H if you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints E Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Safety systems Display messages N ze kd ESC Inoperativ e See Operator s Manua Tele Aid Inoperativ SRS alfunctio n Service Required Front Left SRS alfunctio n Service Required Front Right SRS alfunctio n Service Required Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A and the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp amp come on The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing
79. cceceeseeceeseeees 76 Replacing sinnn 80 Replacing batteries 0 00 eee 317 Restoring to factory setting 77 79 Selective Setting iseensest 77 79 Starter switch positions s s s 85 KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions 86 KiGKGOWMN 05 5 26025 sesscdi ease tistre 119 Kickdown manual shift program 124 Kilopascal air pressure unit 250 Kjee bas sisc cssccascsidessessdssceteteceedetsabads 40 Labels Certification i 52 50 sc2se esceovcsceseosnseere 346 Emission control information 347 Tire and Loading Information placard eer a ER 237 Tire inflation pressure sses 230 Lamps exterior Exterior lamp SWItCh seese 97 FROME menine ene 319 Messages in the multifunction CiSPlay cs sececcrcctcsrevecissrtercessseecesss 299 SWItCHING ON OFF sssri 97 Lamps indicator and warning AB Sia 29 305 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 100 Brak S econ abatiso ee 305 Coolant sceri isveanivisisisineiesiassi 311 Distance warning lamp 151 309 Engine malfunction essee 310 LR ET AT 29 309 ESC OFE stvacventatscevecseuntvara acters 308 FOS lamps sesisidiccivistiicsecisvesticdionteeeiss 99 Front passenger front air bag off Canada only esi eein 46 313 Front passenger front air bag off USA OMY orison 43 314 Fuel tank r SEWN ecnin 310 High beam headlamps 29 100 Instrument Cluster sissies 304 Low beam headlamps 30 98 Low tire pressure TPMS
80. cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the gt Terminating calls Press button on multifunction display for approximately the multifunction steering wheel 10 seconds or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense a Useful features Roadside Assistance button Controls in detail Ll P82 95 2840 31 gt Press and hold Roadside Assistance button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Cal will appear in the multifunction display and the audio system or the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection b
81. changes or obstacles in the parking space are moved The Parking Guidance does not relieve you of the responsibility to pay attention If you only rely on the Parking Guidance you may cause an accident and injure yourself and others You are always responsible for safety and must continue to pay attention to your immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering A Warning The system cannot detect objects located above the area that the sensors scan These objects e g protruding load overhang or truck tail lifts will be ignored when computing the parking procedure The Parking Guidance might therefore provide untimely steering instructions This could cause a collision Thus do not use the Parking Guidance in such situations Z Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such Driving systems ere objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle Use the Parking Guidance for parking spaces that are e parallel to the direction of travel e located on straight streets i e not in curves e on the same level as the street i e not on sidewalks for example Parking instructions e On narrow streets drive by the parking space as close as possible e
82. child restraint the 3 ser indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty the 8 seer indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the Be k indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the 3 k indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated With the 3 eo indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the 8 o indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then goes out Safety and security b gt l Oc
83. cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious injuries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the COMAND display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Operation i A Vehicle care Operation lest Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this
84. cluster If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning e broken poly V belt e a malfunction in the electronic system gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness b gt Practical hints __ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Check Engine Oil At Next Refueling Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The engine oil has dropped to a critical level gt Check the engine oil level gt page 224 and add engine oil as required gt page 225 gt If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks Ifthe message Check Engine 0il At Next For information on approved engine oils Refueling appears while the engine is contact an aut
85. dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are properly positioned on the body A Warning Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly b gt Controls in detail Lal e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible The center of the head restraint must support the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning Ac
86. designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Tires and wheels C Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires Operation Ho P40 10 8339 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 243 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 248 Maximum tire load gt page 241 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 237 Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 249 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 246 Load identification gt page 248 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 353 a Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Load index Speed symbol For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire ba
87. do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise the battery will be damaged VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level They cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level However the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped battery may only be replaced with a battery that e has the same security features e is of identical size e is of identical voltage e is of identical capacity H As any other battery the battery may discharge if you do not operate the vehicle for an extended period of time Have the battery disconnected at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in such a case You may also connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEYLESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checke
88. e USA only If the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors b gt 233 Operation i an Tires and wheels Operation lel A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressu
89. eesse Power windows ceceeseeeeeeees ClEaniN E onish ee Operation senenn Rear door window override SWIECH ach seccsaievceseiaschseseseseesesensdosaeress SYMCMPOMIZING ciscvcessscceastestecstesesesied Practical hints 0 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeees Preglow indicator lamp PRE SAFES janton nunna Messages in the multifunction CiSplay srisirerissirssseisrivsiisiiveiiennsi ieres PRE SAFE Brake ccccceeeeeeeeees Activating deactivating Messages in the multifunction ISP AY ies becsessccgeschsnieasdecsvansevsseeess Problems WAIE ATIVIN E sesvcscessncscasceoeeedssceeederse With VERICIE esd csccidssscesdacsnccdeaseseass With WIDGIS lt cccesscetceaseosecseceeessesates Product information 006 Production options weight Program mode selector dial E 63 AMG Automatic shift program 121 123 Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program sses 120 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure unit 00 251 RACE START E 63 AMG 159 RAGETIMER ccecce 132 Radar sensors Messages in the multifunction GIS PlAY ETT 282 Switching on or Off seses 144 Radiator 0 c cccceeeseseseeeeeeees 224 252 Radio Selecting stations sisser 134 Radio transmitters e 257 Rain sensor see Intermittent wiping Rear axle oil ececceese
90. held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or 4 to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp Q in view gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will start flashing after 20 seconds gt Step 5 After indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your g
91. inflation The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures Q for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment b gt Tires and wheels Operation ll Important notes on tire inflation pressure A Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If you are not sure about the proper tire inflation pressure contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds Supplemental tire inflation pressure inf
92. into consideration that when the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicle without the roof rack loaded Make sure e you can raise the power tilt sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with tilt sliding panel completely you can open the trunk completely Vehicles with power tilt sliding sunroof Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel gt Flip trim covers Q open gt Only attach the roof rack to the anchorage points under trim covers Q gt Observe manufacturer s instructions for installation Through loading feature A Warning Do not transport any unsecured items in the through loading area gt Fold the rear armrest down gt Opening through loading area Open the trunk gt Press release button Q The cover opens gt Closing through loading area Swing cover in trunk back until it engages Loading and storing Bet Parcel nets N Warning Parcel nets are intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or B fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel nets In an accident during hard S braking or sudden maneuvers they could be oO thrown around inside the vehicle and cause ee P Cargo tie down hooks c injury to vehicle occupants f i Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods Vehicles without split rear sea
93. km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds Operation heat e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 120 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum H Additional instructions for AMG vehicles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear e Shift gears in a timely manner All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits Notes on breaking in the rear differential AMG vehicles only The vehicle is equipped with a self locking rear differential For increased protection of the rear differential carry out an oil change after a break in phase of 2000 miles 3000 km This oil change will extend the useful life of the differential Have the oil change carried out at a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends you have this work done at a authorized Mercedes Benz Center At the gas station Refueling A Warning Gasoli
94. lane markings are ambiguous for example in road work sections e lane markings change rapidly e g on highway exits or turn off lanes e lanes are narrow and winding The Lane Keeping Assist cannot take road and traffic conditions into account It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to road weather and traffic conditions and to provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Failure to do so could result in recognizing dangers too late possibly resulting in an accident and serious injury to yourself and others Switching on or off Example illustration gt Switch on or off the Lane Keeping Assist via the control system gt page 138 Lane Keeping Assist indicator Q appears in the multifunction display ATTENTION ASSIST The ATTENTION ASSIST supports you during long monotonous rides e g on freeways and highways The ATTENTION ASSIST is active at a vehicle speed of between 50 mph 80 km h and 112 mph 180 km h Always obey applicable speed limits The ATTENTION ASSIST suggests to take a rest when recognizing fatigue or increasing inattentiveness of the driver A Warning The ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid to the driver It might not recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness in time or fail to recognize them at all The system cannot substitute a rested and attentive driver Fatigue can cause you to recognize dangers too la
95. lt or gt to select the AMG menu Controls in detail g Digital speedometer Gear indicator Upshift indicator Engine oil temperature indicator Coolant temperature indicator The engine oil temperature flashes if the engine oil temperature has not yet reached 176 F 80 C During this time avoid driving at full engine speed The upshift indicator 8 indicates that the engine has reached the overrevwving range The upshift indicator 3 blocks other messages in the multifunction display until you have shifted up Use buttons v or _a to select the following functions in the AMG menu e SETUP gt page 132 e RACETIMER gt page 132 e Overall analysis gt page 133 e Lap analysis gt page 133 b gt Control system Controls in detail ed SETUP gt Press button lt q or gt AMG menu gt Press button A to select the to select SETUP or gt Tap the AMG button on the center console gt page 165 You can store and call up automatic transmission program mode and suspension style settings with the AMG button on the center console For more information see gt page 165 PS4 32 7916 31 Automatic transmission program mode indicator ESC mode indicator Suspension style indicator RACETIMER Z Warning The RACETIMER feature is only for use on roads and in conditions where high speed
96. malfunction telltale eee eeeees 312 Seat belt telltale 0 29 52 307 TUT SISM Al S oestrone 29 Lane Keeping Assist 00 177 Messages in the multifunction display aeee n E E S 283 Switching on or off nesese 138 LATCH type child seat anchors ISOFIX see Children in the vehicle License plate lamps Messages in the multifunction displayi E 301 Light alloy wheels cleaning 265 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting css sssccccsescsascescescedsascstescesbenseess 97 Daytime running lamp mode 98 EXCETO sipiris iseseisana iiaee 97 NTETIOP cess ccstecseteecetesseeseteencecsevsceuess 103 Limp home mode eeeeees 124 Load index tires 246 250 Loading see Vehicle loading Locator lighting 2 0 0 0 cee eeeeeeeees 142 Locking the vehicle KEYLESS GO sisirin 77 Manually s cccie sscctccagtbettescsectesebsaness 315 SmartKey sinare dneeaees 76 Loss of KEY resect ccscscsesasicunesecnststacassscnensbeceans 79 Service and Warranty Information booklets rreren 346 Low beam headlamps 00 98 Exterior lamp Switch sessen 97 Indicator lamp i c2cecscesseestcbeschetesieves 30 Replacing DuIDS ee eeeeeeseeeeeeee 319 SWITCHINE OM 325 25 tcieseetiecedatiesehiees 98 L bricants 5 0s cc cccssccacceatcssnceseoedscceesceess 359 Lumbar Support ioe 89 ae Maintenance e 21 Maintenance System Service indicator d
97. mbusa com USA only Operation Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM Information on diesel quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on diesel fuels see Fuel requirements gt page 363 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Diesel engine If you have driven the vehicle until the tank is empty the fuel system needs to be bled gt page 333 Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap e marine diesel fuel e heating oil e additives Incase the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap see Fuel filler flap gt page 316 The exhaust aftertreatment device will be seriously damaged if you use any other diesel fuel than ULTRA LOW SULFUR zA At the gas station Operation Lot The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear rs a gt Turn off the engine Leaving the engine running and the fuel filler cap open can cause the yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp 3 to illuminate For more information see also Practical hints gt page 310 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter swi
98. mm 265 35 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S E 63 AMG 9 0Jx 18H2 1 46 in 37 mm 255 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load MO1 9 5Jx 18H2 2 05 in 52 mm 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load MO1 Technical data E E 63 AMG E 63 AMG Performance Package SO e hA 1 46 in 37 mm 255 40 R18 99V XL Extra Load M S A 9 5Jx 18H2 2 05 in 62 mm 255 40 R18 99V XL Extra Load M S A gt D ase Rims and tes Technical data LI E 63 AMG Performance Package 19 wheels Front axle AMG rims light alloy 9 0 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm Summer tires 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load Rear axle AMG rims light alloy 9 5 x 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 62 mm Summer tires 42 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load E 63 AMG E 63 AMG Performance Package 19 wheels Frontaxle AMG rims light alloy 9 0 Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 46 in 37 mm Winter tires 44 255 35 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S A Rear axle AMG rims light alloy 9 5Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 2 05 in 52 mm Winter tires 4 255 35 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S A or 285 30 R19 98V XL Extra Load M S A 42 Spare wheel H Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflatio
99. more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29 000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Introduction En Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenanc
100. next time and switch on the ignition the message Tele Aid Doors locked by remote control will appear on the multifunction display The remote door lock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available and data connection is possible Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Customer Assistance Center along with your password The Customer Assistance Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Customer Assistance Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system will notify the Customer Assistance Center automatically Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems A Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote con
101. odometer e Fuel consumption statistics since start e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button 4 or gt Trip menu gt Press button or a function you wish to reset gt Press button OK to select the to select the Vasc 1S FROM START 140 Example illustration Reset fuel consumption statistics since start Control system 131 to select Yes to confirm gt Press button v gt Press button OK Remaining driving range and current fuel consumption gt Press button lt q or gt Trip menu gt Press button v or a to select the estimated remaining driving range and current fuel consumption display Note that the values are calculated based on the current fuel tank level and the current driving style Make sure to refuel in time If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump i appears instead of the estimated remaining driving range to select the Current fuel consumption Estimated remaining driving range Digital speedometer gt Press button lt 4 or gt Trip menu gt Press button v jor a to select the to select the digital speedometer 13 Not available on AMG vehicles AMG menu This function is only available in AMG vehicles gt Press button
102. of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system They must be properly secured in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions for the child restraint All infant or child restraint systems must comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the c
103. of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar sensor system the following functions are deactivated e BAS PLUS gt page 63 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 149 e Blind Spot Assist gt page 175 USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Sett menu gt Press button jor a Vehicle submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button jor a
104. only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the message to appear A Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction display is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see information about your driving conditions such as e speed e outside temperature e warning indicator lamps e malfunction warning messages e failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Read and observe the notes on the HOLD function gt page 161 and parking gt page 113 when you park the vehicle On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are divided into text messages gt page 274 and symbol messages gt page 287 Practical hints V
105. or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system QJ on Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Automatic initiated emergency calls can only be terminated by a Customer Assistance Center representative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to the COMAND system If you must use this phone we recommend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location on the Search amp Send Search amp Send is a navigation destination address entry service For more information on Search amp Send refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unintentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only You will be as
106. or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in arear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a BabySmart compatible rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 stor indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated
107. position 300 Parking lamps Daytime running lamp mode 4 a Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode 5 2 Low beam headlamps or high beam Releasing the memory position button headlamps stops movement to the stored positions Lo Vehicles with front fog lamps Rear immediately fog lamp L Vehicles with front fog lamps Front oe ighting Notes The exterior lamps except standing lamps or parking lamps go out If you drive in countries with left hand automatically when you remove the driving you must have the headlamps SmartKey from the starter switch or open 5 When the parking lamps are on the tail lamps the license plate lamps the side marker lamps and the instrument cluster illumination are also on b gt oa Lighting Controls in detail kd the driver s door with the ignition switched off When the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp are switched on and you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch and open the driver s door an acoustic signal sounds In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp manually H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Vehicles without front fog lamps For better detection of the vehicle the LED daytime running lamps are dimmed to parking lamp le
108. previous status the Permanent Display will be switched between Outside temperature or Speedometer km h USA Speedometer miles Canada to change the current Lights submenu Access the Lights submenu via the Sett menu Use the submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 141 e Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt page 142 e Setting ambient lighting gt page 143 e Switching locator lighting function on or off gt page 142 e Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off gt page 143 Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt Press button lt or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Daytime Running Lamps function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the to select the Control system ree A Controls in detail pa TA Control system Controls in detail p gt Press button OK to change the current status Depending on the previous status the Daytime Running Lamps mode will be Enabled or Disabled With Daytime Running Lamps mode enabled and the exterior lamp switch at position o or A the daytime running lamps are switch
109. replacing batteries always replace both batteries Practical hints The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 315 R A P80 36 2421 31 A Replacing bulbs Practical hints _ gt Press mechanical key into the SmartKey opening until battery compartment cover 1 opens Do not keep the cover shut P80 35 2352 31 gt Remove the battery compartment cover gt Pat the SmartKey against the palm of your hand until battery falls out gt Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing up Use a lint free cloth gt Insert the tabs of the battery compartment cover into the housing and press the cover closed gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as well as the KEYLESS GO function Replacing bulbs Safety notes Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling to a large degree Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can ex
110. restraint Observe Safety notes see page 87 gt Position seat and head restraint properly See gt page 88 for seat and head restraint adjustment Observe the following points Safety and security e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in the steering wheel as possible while still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely e The seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt e The seat backrest must be ina position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while the seat is being adjusted A Occupant safety Children in the vehicle Safety notes E If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt sie gt Secure the child using an infant or child 5 restraint appropriate to the age and size of Q the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Fa i 1 2 Z Warning N W
111. s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display In addition an acoustic warning sounds and the low tire pressure telltale in the instrument cluster comes on b gt A Tires and wheels Operation O Example illustration The respective tire is indicated by a red rectangle Restarting Advanced TPMS Z Warning It is the driver s responsibility to set the tire inflation pressure to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle When you restart the TPMS the system sets new reference values for each tire The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures Canada onl
112. safety systems fon Safety and security wy Driving safety systems Safety and security lL boost to a level that is suitable for the traffic situation If BAS PLUS requires a particularly high brake power boost PRE SAFE is activated at the same time gt Keep constant pressure on the brake pedal until the emergency braking situation is over During this process the ABS prevents the wheels from locking up The brakes will resume normal operation after e the brake pedal is released e no obstacles are detected in your path e the system no longer senses a risk of a collision BAS PLUS is then deactivated BAS PLUS can react to stationary obstacles such as standing or parked vehicles at road speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h BAS PLUS can only assist you when the radar sensors are switched on and functional You can check whether the sensors are active by switching on DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 149 or using the Radar sensors function in the instrument cluster control system Z Warning BAS PLUS will only respond with brake assistance if it has clearly detected an object Detection can be impeded by e dirty or covered sensors e snowfall or heavy rain e disturbance from other radar sources e strong radar reflection such as in parking garages BAS PLUS uses radar signals that are not reflected well by narrow objects and absorptive materials For this reason BAS PLUS will not react to per
113. sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system Exterior view cae cess 26 Cockpit o a nario 27 Instrument cluster e 28 Multifunction steering wheel 30 Center console eee 32 Overhead control panel 33 Door control panel ceeee 34 At a glance 7 P00 01 3054 31 This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual S Oe Function Trunk Locking and unlocking Opening and closing Valet locking Rear window defroster Rear lamps Fuel filler flap Exterior rear view mirrors Parking position Roof Power tilt sliding sunroof Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Windshield Wiping with washer fluid Page 76 81 85 1D 318 220 95 95 192 194 105 0000 Function Cleaning Doors Locking and unlocking Wipers Wiper blades replacing Wiper blades cleaning Hood Front lamps Headlamp cleaning system Front towing eye Tires and wheels Rims and tires Rear towing eye Page 264 76 314 104 322 264 223 318 102 341 228
114. speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for the DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 153 The HOLD function switched off because the vehicle was sliding for example on a slippery surface gt Activate the HOLD function later The Blind Spot Assist is deactivated because the area around the sensors in the front or the rear bumper is dirty gt Clean the front and rear bumper gt page 263 The Blind Spot Assist is deactivated because the battery voltage is insufficient gt Have the battery checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Blind Spot Assist is switched off because the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative due to electromagnetic interference near television and radio transmitter stations toll stations speed measuring systems etc gt Wait until the message in the multifunction display disappears The Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The Parktronic system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible b gt Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Parking Guidance Parking Guidance Radar Sensors Canceled Finished Deactivate d See Operator s Manual
115. start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are also switched off The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident A What to do if Practical hints _ Problem erare USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving erare USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and an acoustic warning sounds erare USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds Z Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The brake system is malfunctioning Braking characteristics may be impaired Risk of accident gt Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Read and observe messages tha
116. sure that the automatic transmission is in the desired position gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D gt Select automatic program mode C gt Do not limit the gear range gt Drive off carefully Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the automatic transmission could remain locked in park position P gt Have the vehicle s electrical system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped Effect N Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmission never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving
117. switch to position 3 gt page 85 and release it The engine starts automatically gt Diesel engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 85 Preglow indicator lamp 00 in the instrument cluster comes on gt As soon as preglow indicator lamp 00 goes out turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and release it The engine starts automatically If the engine is at operating temperature preglow indicator lamp 00 may not stay on and you can start the engine without preglowing With KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only gt Make sure the KEYLESS GO start stop button is inserted in the starter switch gt page 86 To start the engine with the SmartKey instead of the KEYLESS G
118. system switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on The Sport driving mode with a firmer suspension Driving systems bee tuning is selected The message AIRMATIC SPORT appears in the multifunction display Comfort damping adjustment Vehicle handling in Comfort driving mode is softer Select this mode when you prefer a more comfortable driving style on straight freeways gt Press damping system switch Q Indicator lamp 3 comes on The Comfort driving mode is selected The message AIRMATIC COMFORT appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Pea Vehicle level control Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height The all around vehicle level control provides best possible suspension and constant ground clearance The vehicle lowers at high speed automatically in order to increase driving safety and to reduce fuel consumption The following vehicle levels are available e normal e raised the vehicle is raised by approximately 1 0 in 25 mm compared to normal level e lowered the vehicle is lowered by approximately 0 4 in 10 mm compared to normal level You can choose between normal or raised level The vehicle chassis ride height is reduced automatically e at a speed exceeding approximately 93 mph 150 km h e with the Sport driving mode gt page 163 set With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the normal level b gt TA Driving systems Controls in de
119. the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration dailies Refer to Tire and Loading Information Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and placard on vehicle for actual data specific Loading Information placard located on the to your vehicle driver s door B pillar gt page 237 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly Only adjust the tire inflation pressure on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Depending on the ambient temperature the driving speed and the tire load the tire temperature changes When the tire temperature changes by 18 F 10 C the tire inflation pressure will change by P40 00 2133 31 approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure on warm tires and adjust the tire pressure only if the tire inflation pressure is too low for the current operating conditions If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the reading will be higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire
120. the ESC warning lamp Ay in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESC will then stabilize the vehicle only to a limited extent gt Switching on With the engine running press ESC SPORT switch Q briefly The ESC SPORT warning lamp amp in the instrument cluster comes on The message ESC SPORT appears in the multifunction display gt Switching off With the engine running press ESC SPORT switch Q briefly The ESC SPORT warning lamp amp in the instrument cluster goes out The message ESC ON appears in the multifunction display Driving safety systems Safety and security E d Driving safety systems Safety and security ESC SPORT switches off automatically when you turn off the engine When starting the engine the ESC is activated automatically Switching the ESC off or on Z Warning The ESC should not be switched off during normal driving Disabling of the system will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e loss of system supported traction control ESC OFF is designed for driving on closed tracks when the vehicle s natural oversteer and understeer characteristics are desired and requires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Please be aware of these limits when you switch off the ESC Do not swi
121. the distance warning lamp A goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle ahead is again established A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the DISTRONIC PLUS system calculates that the distance to the b gt ne Driving systems vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current the multifunction display depends on whether speed indicate that the DISTRONIC PLUS will DISTRONIC PLUS is activated or deactivated not be capable of slowing the vehicle For activating or deactivating the DISTRONIC sufficiently to maintain the preset following PLUS system see Activating DISTRONIC distance which creates a danger of a PLUS gt page 153 or Deactivating E collision DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 156 Immediately brake the vehicle to increase The menu overview can be found on your distance to the preceding vehicle The gt page 129 warning sound is intended as a final caution gt Press lt or P to select the 4 in which you should intercede with your own DriveAssist menu braking inputs to avoid a potentially Press wori a tosel stthe dangerous situation Do not wait for the f operation of the warning signal to intercede Distance Display function with your own braking This will result in gt Press OK potentially dangerous emergency braking The DISTR
122. the instrument cluster fails to check when switching on the ignition have come on when the ignition is switched on the respective bulb checked and replaced if have it checked and replaced if necessary necessary Notes What to do if age Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running Al ofr The yellow ESC warning lamp the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds il Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints ias The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP switched off due to a malfunction The ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill
123. the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESC gt page 66 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Winter driving ee Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Operation P Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control
124. tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driving in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the Driving systems 147 previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Canceling the cruise control Activating the cruise control or resuming to last set speed Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at a vehicle speed above 20 mph 30 km h You cannot activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e the ESC is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed in the speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting for the cruise control system Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q or press in direction of arrow 2 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades th
125. to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash gt Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle b gt Vehicle care en Operation P
126. two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press button lt q or gt AMG menu gt Press button a repeatedly until the lap analysis appears in the multifunction display Each lap is shown in its own submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol Q to select the b gt Control system Controls in detail L P54 32 7921 31 Lap number Lap time Average speed during lap Lap length Maximum speed during lap gt Press button v or a to see other lap analyses Navi menu The Navi menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button lt or gt to select the Navi menu The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navigation system e With the COMAND system switched on or off and route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated maneuver instructions appear in the multifunction display Please refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Audio menu The functions in the Audio menu operate the audio equipment which you have currently switched on The following functions are available
127. vehicle gt Leave only the SmartKey less its mechanical key with the vehicle Controls in detail Fa pa 0 For removing SmartKey gear selector A lever must be in park position P nfs 1 Power supply for some electrical r consumers e g wipers 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position Starting position P72 20 2964 21 When you switch on the ignition all lamps in gt Valet locking Close the trunk the instrument cluster come on The low gt Remove the mechanical key from the beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam SmartKey gt page 315 headlamp indicator lamp turn signal indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for the fog lamps will only come on if activated If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 and remove the mechanical key in that position to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the after starting the engine or comes on while vehicle is centrally unlocked driving refer to Lamps in instrument cluster You can then only open the trunk with the gt page 304 mechanical key If the SmartKey is left in starter switch gt Canceling Insert the mechanical key in p
128. water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such 15 Observe all legal requirements Driving instructions damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the U S or Canada you should request dealer network information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitters Safety notes A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the audio system or C
129. weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle ADCITIONAL RFORPAATIONS P40 00 2132 31 The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing seating capacity is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 237 Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs Tires and wheels ee gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage l
130. weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa Metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Load index Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of t
131. wheel housings f E 63 AMG and vehicles with AMG gt Place jack on firm ground bodystyling The respective cover in the gt Position jack under take up bracket door sill trim must be removed to access the so that it is always vertical as seen from jack take up brackets the side even if the vehicle is parked on an N a incline Practical hints m P40 10 5736 31 Example illustration Vehicles with AMG P40 00 2129 31 bodystyling gt Turn crank clockwise until jack is fully seated in take up bracket 8 and the jack base evenly meets the ground gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a A Warning maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground gt E 63 AMG and vehicles with AMG bodystyling Remove cover in direction of arrow The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket If you do not position the jack correctly in the jack take up bracket the vehicle can fall off on Flat tire Practical hints __ Removing the wheel 6 P40 10 5751 31 H E 63 AMG with ceramic composite brake disk The rim could strike the ceramic composite brake disk when removing and attaching the spare wheel The ceramic composite brake disk could be damaged Exercise appropriate care and have a second person assist you if possible or use a second alignment bolt gt Unscrew the uppermost wheel
132. years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company 2125845881 MI IHIMNNIMUIINNNTNN NNN T INDEX csc dk E E odie trates A At aslanCe ccs iscscvisiectcsnt aves 25 Introduction ccceeeeceeteeeeneeeeee 20 Safety and security 0 c ee 35 Controls in detail cece 75 4 ETS see ETS 4 ETS 4MATIC see All wheel drive 4MATIC ABS Antilock Brake System 62 Indicator lamp eeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeees 305 Messages in the multifunction CISD AY sectiei trernen 288 289 Accessory weight eeeeeees 249 Accidents 0 00 0 cece eeens reenen 112 Air Da ES cscssssieteccsassscigestasisabaistszectens 37 Emergency calls Tele Aid 208 NECK
133. you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Tire pressure loss warning system Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the tire pressure loss warning system monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rotational speed This allows the system to detect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The tire pressure loss warning system may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e when snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in the presence of ice and snow e when you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e when you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves A Warning When the multifunction display shows the message Check Tire Pressure Soon one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard or if available on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a signif
134. your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second gt Removing condensation Check settings of the climate control and change them if necessary gt page 181 gt Swing the camera cover downward gt page 263 Driving systems 175 gt Cleaning inside of windshield Use a soft non scratching cloth gt page 263 Blind Spot Assist The Blind Spot Assist uses radar sensors to monitor the area on both sides of your vehicle It will assist you when you change lanes driving at speeds of above 20 mph 30 km h A red warning lamp will come on in the exterior rear view mirror as soon as another vehicle is detected If you then activate the corresponding turn signals to change lanes the red warning lamp flashes and warning sounds collision warning The Blind Spot Assist operates using sensors in the rear bumper Z Warning The Blind Spot Assist is only a driving aid and may not detect all vehicles The Blind Spot Assist may not be able to detect narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles or it may not detect them until it is too late The monitoring function may be impaired if your sensors are dirty subject to heavy spray or if visibility is poor due to e g snow rain or fog This can result in vehicles not being detected or being detected too late The Blind Spot Assist cannot detect road traffic and weather conditions It is the driver s responsibility at all tim
135. z only gt Press button lt q or gt to select the DriveAssist menu gt Press button v or a to select the PRE SAFE Brake function gt Press button OK Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Tel menu gt Press button Control system Controls in detail I gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status After the function has been activated the PRE SAFE Brake indicator s ej appears in the lower part of the multifunction display When the HOLD function is switched on the PRE SAFE Brake indicator Fete will not appear For more information on PRE SAFE Brake see gt page 69 Switching ATTENTION ASSIST on or off gt Press button lt q or gt DriveAssist menu gt Press button v jor a to select the to select the Attention Asst function gt Press button OK gt Press button OK again if you would like to change the current status After the function has been activated the ATTENTION ASSIST indicator amp appears on the left hand side of the multifunction display For more information on ATTENTION ASSIST see gt page 178
136. 0 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Parktronic system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate the relative distance between the sensors and an obstacle Driving systems 167 P54 65 4003 31 Rear area warning indicators Each warning indicator is divided into five yellow and two red distance segments for left side Q and right side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when the yellow readiness indicators are illuminated The current transmission position determines which warning indicator will be activated Current Warning indicator transmission position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the seventh distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance b gt Controls in detail ry ich Driving systems Controls in detail L e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds wi
137. 2 Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires pressures for the original equipment tires T wear excessively and or unevenly adversely on your vehicle D affect handling and fuel economy and are 2 The certification label also found on the 6 more likely to fail from being overheated driver s door B pillar It tells you about the Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can gross weight capacity of your vehicle adversely affect handling and ride comfort called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating wear unevenly increase stopping distance GVWR The GVWR includes the weight and result in sudden deflation blowout of the vehicle all occupants fuel and because they are more likely to become cargo The certification label also tells punctured or damaged by road debris you about the front and rear axle weight potholes etc capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation Following is a discussion on how to work with pressure gt page 229 for proper tire the information contained on the Tire and inflati
138. 39 DISTRONIC PLUS eee eeeeeeeeees 149 Cleaning system sensors 0 5 263 Displaying the distance graphic 152 Displays in the multifunction display scratsin hiss 151 Distance warning lamp 151 309 DYIWING airain nar EE 154 Driving WITH ssdivoeeassscteteseteeeterseeness 157 OVO bananie n rE 153 Messages in the multifunction display aeee n Reciek 280 RESUME TUNCEION cs sseecesecvesssosnseaes 156 Sensor COVER isisisi Speed settings StOPPING 0 eee Door control panel Door handles cceeccceeeseeeseeeeeees Doors Child safety lOCKS c cccssesessedeesons 60 Locking unlocking KEYLESS GO 77 Locking unlocking SmartKey 76 Messages in the multifunction CISPIAY cess icacteiscieiicieeeeiieceseeeegeee 293 Opening from inside nsss 80 Remote door lock Tele Aid 212 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 211 Unlocking Mechanical key 314 DOT Department of Transportation cee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 250 Drinking and driving 254 Drive dynamic multicontour seat 91 Driving ADroad a ei cnel shssceedace teveritveateversteeese 257 Hydroplaning ooo eeeeeeseeeeeeeeesneeeeees 257 IMSEFUCEIONS sescscccccecesccessees dees 109 254 WICEN secs acces ccevte teases stuceecevien ches 253 Proble MS is scses ceccasndessSevesectesseecete 112 RACE START E 63 AMG 006 159 Safety Syste MS eriin 61 SYSTEMS sannu
139. 53 The current speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to accelerate past the set speed the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC PLUS Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration b gt Driving systems BE Controls in detail Fea fea Driving systems Controls in detail Les of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the DISTRONIC PLUS lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift or press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down to th
140. 63 ROOF rack oeenn 198 Rubber parts cleaning 0 265 Run flat tires see MOExtended tires Safety Driving safety systems seee 61 Occupant safety sssssspiriisiiscesissss 36 Reporting defects ccceeeeseeees 23 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 00 0 52 Seat belts icones 48 Adjustment function sssssessesseseesse 51 Automatic comfort fit feature 53 Children in the vehicle 006 56 Cleaning oies tects 266 Fastening ceys E 50 Height adjustment ceeeeeeeees 51 Proper USE OF oeicssstirescieierirnre snini 49 Rear center seat cceeeceeceeserteeees 51 Safety guidelines cccceeeeeseeeees 39 Safety MOLES reacer Telltale ireann Seat heating Seating capacity E T EE T AdjUSIMENE siissisiiorissresissrrirersrissees Drive dynamic multicontour seat 91 Easy entry exit feature HOA EINE oirin erine 3 Memory FUNCHON 2 6 c6 eseeesoeeceesstenss Messages in the multifunction display endene rsr ri ertt 293 Split rear seat bench wa LOD Ventilation essene 92 Securing cargo Cargo tie down rings eesse 199 Selective setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test BabySmart 6 s cccsteecsccsstevescesetczcess 47 OCS Occupant Classification SYSLOM sss ccseseteedspessadveventdases uve desees 46 Tele Ald acess ccecicccceses daserituestaecseaceins 208 Service see Maintenan
141. 63 AMG gt Opening storage compartment Pull button Q Controls in detail Ll side automatically gt Closing storage compartment Swing the left and or right armrest backward until it engages gt Opening storage compartment Press button or The armrest opens to the left and the right side automatically gt Closing storage compartment Swing the left and or right armrest backward until it engages Seat storage compartments A storage compartment is located in the seat base of each front seat The armrest opens to the left and the right ma gt Opening Pull handle up gt Fold storage compartment lid forward in direction of arrow A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Rear armrest storage compartment H Do not sit on or lean your body weight against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Before storing the armrest in the seat backrest close the storage compartment cover gt Fold the rear armrest down gt Opening Pull release catch Q and swing the stora
142. 89 volume Decreasing air gt page 189 volume Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control lowering Notes on climate control system operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature The climate control system is operational whenever the engine is running You can It can only function optimally when you are driving with the windows the tilt sliding sunroof or tilt sliding panel closed Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode gt page 185 is deactivated A Warning Follow the recommended settings for heating and cooling given on the following pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris Do not
143. A0 61 2379 31 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door gt Close all doors gt Touch and hold sensor surface Q on an outside door handle gt page 79 until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed completely Make sure you are only touching sensor surface Q gt Release sensor surface 1 on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure gt Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Touch and hold sensor surface Q on an outside door handle once more The roller sunblinds extend gt Release sensor surface Q on the outside door handle to interrupt the extending procedure Driving and parking A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to bra
144. Also note the information on high beam headlamps with activated automatic headlamp mode gt page 98 or the daytime running lamp mode gt page 98 Adaptive Highbeam Assist The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only available in vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Depending on the driving and traffic situation low beam leveling and the high beam headlamps are controlled via an optical sensor The sensor is located on the front of the overhead control panel Glare for other road users is reduced and the illumination of road ahead is improved The transitions between low beam and high beam headlamps take place without a sudden change of light Z Warning The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid intended to support you while driving The driver is and remains responsible for proper vehicle lighting in accordance with the prevailing light sight and traffic conditions The system may be impaired or unavailable when e visibility is poor e g due to snow rain fog or heavy spray When driving faster than approximately 34 mph 55 km h and no other road users are recognized the high beam headlamps are switched on automatically The high beam headlamp indicator lamp ZO in the instrument cluster comes on additionally When driving slower than approximately 28 mph 45 km h other road users are recognized or the road is illuminated sufficiently the high beam headlamps are switched off automatically The indicator
145. C PLUS will function in the same way as Standard cruise control gt page 146 Z Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation to ensure a safe Driving systems ae stopping distance always remains with the driver The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the DISTRONIC PLUS This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on stationary objects nor does it recognize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of preceding vehicles The DISTRONIC PLUS can only apply a maximum of 40 of the vehicle s braking power The DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles possibly driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving in an of
146. Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effectiveness of the seat belts Fastening the seat belts A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that A Occupant safety children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwis
147. E 63 AMG 212 077 Technical data E Electrical system E 550 4MATIC Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm electrode gap Spark plugs 15 18 Ib ft tightening torque 20 25 Nm Main dimensions E 550 4MATIC Overall vehicle 191 9 in 4874 mm length Overall vehicle 81 5 in 2071 mm width Overall vehicle 57 0 in 1447 mm height Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 62 2 in 1580 mm Track rear 63 0 in 1599 mm Ground clearance 5 4 in 137 mm Turning circle 36 9 ft 11 3 m Weights E 550 4MATIC Roof load Trunk load Vehicle specification E 63 AMG 212 077 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment max 220 Ib 100 kg max 220 Ib 100 kg 32 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Engine E 63 AMG Engine type Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 134933 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt 156 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 4 02 in 102 20 mm 3 72 in 94 60 mm 378 8 cu in 6 208 cm 117 3 1 518 hp 6 800 rpm 386 kW 6 800 rpm 465 b ft 5 200 rpm 630 Nm 5 200 rpm 7 200 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2360 mm Electrical system E 63 AMG Alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs type Spa
148. EFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center For information on driving in case of pressure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical hints section gt page 329 Tire care and maintenance A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Damaged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more information on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 229 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 242 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is depend
149. G Performance Package standard load SL tire 186 mph 300 km h e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load The factory equipped tires on your vehicle or reinforced tire may have a tire speed rating above the e Light Load designates a light load tire acannon speed permitted by the electronic 5 C D E designates load range associated speed limiter with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 353 for example when purchasing new tires If you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN glad to assist you into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced 140r M S 4 for winter tires Tires and wheels The TIN is a unique identifier The TIN facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires It gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transpor
150. H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the trunk lid lock If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows gt Open the driver s door gt Close the front passenger door the rear doors and the trunk gt Press the central locking switch gt page 81 The locking knobs of the front passenger door and the rear doors move down gt If the vehicle battery is disconnected or drained Press down the locking knobs on b gt Unlocking locking manually Ea Practical hints Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints Practical hints _ the front passenger door and the rear doors gt Exit the vehicle gt Close the driver s door T gt Remove mechanical key 2 from the SmartKey gt page 315 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 clockwise to position 1 The vehicle is locked gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the driver s door lock gt Check whether the doors and the trunk are locked gt If necessary lock the trunk with the mechanical key gt page 85 This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap A Warning Avoid contact with the vehicle walls
151. IC PLUS is activated Therefore deactivate the HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle is to be towed Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts If circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front axle raised except vehicles with 4MATIC only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the A Towing the vehicle recommended towing methods can be employed H Before towing the vehicle observe the following instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree o
152. ISOFIX vessicscsicthicdectinccieieicet cede teass 59 Fastening the seat belts 0 50 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada OMY cscvecessccssscsectosseeceocespesectin ss 46 313 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only 43 314 Infant and child restraint systems 56 IMtrOGUCTION misisse 36 ISOFIX Child seat anchors LATCH De vssevascvisssevrevstvedneosveedonesse 59 OCS Occupant Classification SYSEOIN sccsceosvsctdusvesadeyseesbesencessseazeest PRE SAFE SOAEDSIES oerrinne resres OCS Occupant Classification DYSON cesses csecctssceshsncatachissacshessastessteets 43 Self test ornini tersirat 46 Odometer c ccc cceeseessseeseeeree eee Oil oil level see Engine oil On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting 0 0 121 Operating safety 0 0 eee 22 Ornamental moldings cleaning 262 Overhead control panel 33 CE Paintwork cleaning 0 008 261 Paintwork code 347 Panic alarm ee 61 Panorama roof with power tilt Sliding panel 195 Cleaning siseessrsissiiisniiasiriisiiia 265 Operation scccinci intend 195 Roller SUNDIINAS sseceevssreserese 194 SYM CHOMIZING eisien 196 Parcel nets eee 199 Parking ee eeneie ete 113 Parking Guidance 6 168 170 Parktronic Systemi isisisi kesir 165 Parking and standing lamp Replacing BUIDS s cscs
153. Mercedes Benz E Class sedan Operator s Manual Symbols Trademarks BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company e PRE SAFE is a registered trademark of Daimler e SIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt gt gt page gt D Display This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and will provide
154. O function remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch Proceed as described in With SmartKey gt page 110 gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Gasoline engine Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically gt Diesel engine Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine preglows and starts automatically If the engine is at operating temperature the time the engine needs to preglow is reduced Starting difficulties H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and repeat the starting procedure gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen
155. OMAND Cockpit Management and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second Operation a A Maintenance Operation lea Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only wi
156. ONIC PLUS distance graphic 8 which will not always result in an impact being appears and you will see one of the avoided following displays in the multifunction Tailgating increases the risk of an accident display Z Warning DISTRONIC PLUS activated If you switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS you will see the set speed in the multifunction display A i for approximately 5 seconds When the cks ai ihe meximum ceoelereiion oi your DISTRONIC PLUS is activated the following display appears in the multifunction display The DISTRONIC PLUS brakes your vehicle with a maximum deceleration of 13 ft s 4 m s This corresponds to approximately vehicle You must also apply the brakes yourself to avoid acollision The DISTRONIC PLUS brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the set speed A Warning If you do not receive visual or acoustic warning signals during a critical traffic situation DISTRONIC PLUS has either not recognized the collision risk has been deactivated or is malfunctioning Remember whether or not DISTRONIC PLUS Example illustration is operating it is ultimately always the drivers DISTRONIC PLUS activated responsibility to apply the brakes in order to Your vehicle control the vehicle and avoid a collision Preset distance threshold to the g preceding vehicle Displaying the distance graphic the distance graphic Preceding vehicle if detected In the DriveAssist men
157. P for the PRE SAFE Brake indicator Ele to be displayed The PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated when the radar system is switched off When you switch off the radar system the following functions are deactivated e PRE SAFE Brake e BAS PLUS gt page 63 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 149 e Blind Spot Assist gt page 175 Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle b gt Anti theft systems Safety and security Anti theft systems Safety and security Activating gt With SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is closed immed
158. PAY osere a S 292 Vehicle level control 163 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires eee 250 Air pump electric 0 0 0 0 eee 327 Air recirculation mode 0 190 Air volume o eeens 189 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 326 All wheel drive 4MATIC 161 Alternator Messages in the multifunction display rreren 284 297 Alternator Technical data see Vehicle specification AMG adaptive sport suspension system E 63 AMG oe 164 AMG menu cece ceeecececeeeseeeeeeeeees 131 Anticorrosion antifreeze 365 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 0 0 0 eee 71 Anti theft alarm system s 72 limMoObiliZer sosisini 71 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest front Storage compartment 0 202 Armrest rear Storage compartment 0 202 AShtrayS 52 cases cos cccecedeeevsnsnceceedecpovendenet 206 Aspect ratio tires 0 eee 250 Assistance menu cceceereee 137 ATTENTION ASSIST 0 0 eee 178 Messages in the multifunction display ere e n ENS 292 Switching on Or Off ssssssiritsirossessiesse 138 Audio menu l 134 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 95 Automatic central locking 80 144 Automatic climate control see Climate control system Automatic headlamp mode 98 Automatic interior lighting control
159. PLUS functions in a speed range of 0 to 120 mph Canada 0 to 200 km h if a preceding vehicle is detected If no preceding vehicle is detected the DISTRONIC PLUS functions in a speed range of 20 to 120 mph Canada 30 to 200 km h Always obey applicable speed limits Do not use the DISTRONIC PLUS if you are driving on a road with steep uphill or downhill slopes When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system gt page 144 Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar sensor system the following functions are deactivated e DISTRONIC PLUS e BAS PLUS gt page 63 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 e Blind Spot Assist gt page 175 Due to its radar emitting nature DISTRONIC PLUS may have an appearance similar to a radar detector to law enforcement officials You may want to Driving systems nen refer to this section of your Operator s DISTRONIC PLUS displays in Manual when asked multifunction display USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive B radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any O warranties and is not permitted by the D FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in G any non approved way Any unauthorized modification t
160. PRO active front head restraints ooo eeeceeceeseseceecsseeeeseneeeees 54 Active Bi Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Adaptive Brake e 64 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 100 Switching on or Off iesirea 142 AdBlue ooo cccsccsssscssscsesssesesees 333 364 REHNE 5 c2 siecceveieesssdsnecteseasdosseeeses 334 Additives Engine Oil sesisteecisscheses resines 362 GaSOliNe oi cccesecessesccesseecueeceeacesscets 364 Address change l 21 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS oe renea 233 Messages in the multifunction CiSPlay sscesecseceosseeceessescacasssniercneees 285 Ait DAS ecinic esa 37 Emergency call upon deployment 208 Front driver and passenger 40 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada OMY svecesscceceseeesshivesecesespecesncees 46 313 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only 43 314 Kie bap oenas 40 Messages in the multifunction displayen a n SS 276 OCS Occupant Classification SYSTEM eee e E E 43 PENi Seeiso e E R 42 Safety guidelines nns ssssssssssssiisicsse 39 Side impa t sesne ineei 41 WINCOW CUITAIN 000 eee eeeeeteeceeneceeeeeee 42 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubricant 2 02 52 avers retentions 362 Air distribution cee 189 Ain filter sis ccscaz tes testnne totes catered 299 AIRMATIC Damping system secerneren 163 IMiroduUCtiOM aneis resns 163 Messages in the multifunction GIS
161. Package E 350 Sport 4MATIC 5 E 550 4MATIC E 550 Sport 4MATIC 5 G5 J ts lal 1 89 in 48 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 245 40 R18 97H XL Extra Load M S A E 350 Sport 18 wheels Frontaxle Rims light alloy Sa a 18 2 Wheel offset 1 89 in 48 mm All season tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 0 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 2 13 in 54 mm All season tires 42 265 35 R18 97V XL Extra Load 36 Canada only 35 USA only 37 Radial ply tires 39 Not available as factory equipment 40 USA only 41 Radial ply tires 42 Must not be used with snow chains M S 18 wheels 18 wheels 18 wheels 40 USA only 41 Radial ply tires Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires 142 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires 1 43 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires 142 43 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Winter tires41 43 44 AMG rims light alloy Wheel offset Winter tires41 43 44 42 Must not be used with snow chains 43 Must not be used on vehicles that are equipped with ceramic composite brake disks 44 Not available as factory equipment E 350 Sport E 550 Sport 445 II 9s ite a2 1 89 in 48 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 9 0 x 18 H2 2 13 in 54
162. Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The Advanced Parking Guidance has been canceled because e the vehicle is sliding e the bumper became dirty in the area of the sensors e there has been a malfunction gt Use the Advanced Parking Guidance again later If the parking space symbol is not shown in the multifunction display at a speed below 10 mph 16 km h gt Clean the bumpers gt page 263 or gt Restart the engine or gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Advanced Parking Guidance The vehicle is in the end position The display message disappears automatically You have attempted to activate the DISTRONIC PLUS or the PRE SAFE Brake even though you have switched off the radar sensors on the vehicle gt Check if switching on the radar sensors is permitted gt page 144 gt Switch on the radar sensors using the instrument cluster control system Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Lane Currently The Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable Keeping Unavailabl The Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated because Assist See ere MO Operator s e the windshield in front of the camera is dirty Manual e its function is impaired as a result of heavy precipitation or fog e lane markings are not present for an extended period of time e lane markings are worn dark or covered by dirt or snow iz for exam
163. Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Deactivating Press rocker switch or QD gt page 181 or gt Press button only The indicator lamp above button out AUTO or button Mx Gy USA auto goes 3 zone automatic climate control gt Set the desired temperature gt page 186 gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Press rocker switch Q gt page 183 up or down and select the desired level The automatic air conditioning settings FOCUS Air flow high air distribution via the center and side air vents MEDIUM Air flow medium air distribution via the center and side air vents DIFFUSE Air flow low air distribution via the center side and defroster air vents AUTO gt Deactivating Press rocker switch or gt page 183 The indicator lamp above button out auto goes Setting temperature Dual zone automatic climate control You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker switch or 2 gt page 181 up or down 3 zone automatic climat
164. RACE START For optimum acceleration from a standing start i Program mode RS cannot be selected while driving For more information see RACE START E 63 AMG gt page 159 The current program mode appears in the multifunction display E 63 AMG Program mode indicator E 63 AMG In addition the currently selected program mode is indicated in red on the program mode selector dial You should only change the program mode when the automatic transmission is in park position P Automatic transmission Automatic program mode S will not be stored When the engine is turned off with the automatic program mode S selected the automatic transmission will go to the automatic program mode C when the engine is restarted E 63 AMG Automatic program mode S will not be stored When the engine is turned off with automatic program mode S selected the automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C when the engine is restarted gt All models except E 63 AMG Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the right multifunction display gt E 63 AMG Turn the program mode selector dial until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the right multifunction display Selecting program mode C means e The vehicle starts out more gentle both forward and reverse except when driving off with full throttle e Traction and driving st
165. RONIC PLUS detects a vehicle directly ahead of you At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS After a brief acceleration e g for passing the DISTRONIC PLUS will resume the last set speed Setting the following distance in DISTRONIC PLUS You can set the specified following distance for the DISTRONIC PLUS by varying the time setting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle the DISTRONIC PLUS calculates and sets the required following distance to the preceding vehicle The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display A Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving Driving systems 157 style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance gt Increasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Increasing the distance setting tells the DISTRONIC PLUS to maintain a greater following distance to the preceding vehicle gt Decreasing distance Turn distance setting switch Q in direction of arrow Decreasing the distance setting tells the DISTRONIC PLUS to maintain a shorter following distance to the preceding vehicle Driving with DISTRONIC PLUS This sec
166. Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding Practical hints A What to do if After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and front passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions amp The red SRS There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or indicator lamp Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly comes on while or fail to activate in an accident driving gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Z Warning Center immediately to have the system In the event a malfunction of the SRS is checked Otherwise the SRS may not be indicated as outlined above the SRS may not activated when needed in an accident which be operational could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily For your safety we strongly recommend that ra ay which could also result in injury you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Practical hints E Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions S The yellow ESC The ESC has been switched off OFF warning
167. Risk of accident lamp comes on When the ESC is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the while the Seine system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel is running is spinning gt Switch the ESC back on Exceptions All models except E 63 AMG gt page 66 E63 AMG gt page 68 gt If leaving the ESC switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESC cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible L E63 AMG only ESC SPORT is activated The yellow ESC Risk of accident SPORT warning When ESC SPORT is activated it will only stabilize the vehicle to a lamp comes on limited extent if the system recognizes that the vehicle starts to while the engine skid or that a wheel is spinning Siung gt Switch the ESC SPORT off gt page 67 The message ESC ON appears in the multifunction display What to do if hae Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions A The yellow ESC The ESC is not operational due to a malfunction S warning lamp The ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the hillstart assist system the and the yellow HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake ESC OFF are also switched off warning lamp come on while the engine is running The brake system is still functioning normally but without the systems specified abo
168. STRONIC PLUS gt page 149 A Warning BAS PLUS is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance always remains with the driver Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while BAS PLUS is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident Personal or fatal injury to you or others may be the result This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment BAS PLUS detects obstacles that are in your driving path for a sufficient period of time to permit the system to recognize these obstacles If you approach the detected obstacle quickly BAS PLUS calculates the level of brake power boost appropriate for the circumstance to supply when the driver applies the brakes When you step quickly on the brake pedal in an emergency braking situation BAS PLUS automatically regulates the brake power b gt Driving
169. TDs for the front seats will only activate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fastened In an impact the ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash The ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts The ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the seat backrest Z Warning Pyrotechnic ETDs that were activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the pyrotechnic ETDs always follow our safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The PRE SAFE system has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners that do not require replacement after activation Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for the front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE A Warning The PRE SAFE system is intended to reduce the effects of an accident on vehicle occupants who are wearing their seat belt properly Despite your vehicle being equipped with the PRE SAFE system the possibility of personal injuries oc
170. TS 4 ETS Emergency in case of First aid Kit mossis 268 BIE ae E E EEA 323 Hazard warning flasher n s 101 Roadside Assistance 21 210 Towing the vehicle ccssseseee 340 Emergency calls Tele Aid iiser 208 Emergency operations Remote door lock Tele Aid 212 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 211 Trunk lid emergency release 84 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control eeceeeeeeeees 258 Information label neee 347 System warranties eceeeeeeseeeeee 20 Engine Break in recommendations 220 Cleaning s sseeireiissisereriss 261 C ompartMent ssrorsciecirts 223 Malfunction indicator lamp 310 Messages in the multifunction ISP AY x2 sasedesetcazesatsnsvesseedezesebenceees 295 NUMBER cessere i EEEE EA 347 SAINE eere aer Er ni 109 TUMMINE OFF ees sunae nanena 113 Engine Technical data see Vehicle specification Engine compartment Radiator gensins 224 Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil AGING ccscrcecassssscatcssssecss sesdestereseetas 225 AddILIVGS 2 cssccsdisiccssstecteccdniecen 362 Checking level sesiis 224 CONSUMPTION ssesisrssiriirisiisiresssriseves 224 Messages in the multifunction GISPIAY lt 0sscesecstcsdeccbenivecosscvzpeveieeees 298 OIMGIPSTICK i ac 23cccces heaetenceieseeecesstaeete 225 Recommended engine oils and oil MITET rinneas 361 ESC Electronic Stability Control 65 ETS AES sadescsasevevivt
171. Take your foot off the brake pedal while keeping the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum acceleration The message RACE START Active appears in the multifunction display RACE START deactivates at a vehicle speed of approximately 30 mph Canada 50 km h The automatic transmission switches to program mode S ESC SPORT remains switched on RACE START is canceled immediately if you release the accelerator pedal while RACE START is active or when the activation conditions are not fulfilled anymore The message RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display If RACE START is used repeatedly in a short period of time it is only available again after having driven the vehicle a certain distance Hill start assist system On uphill grades the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approximately 1 second after you have released the brake pedal Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal A Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake It does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R gt Releas
172. To avoid paint damage you should immediately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage d
173. Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch once more to position 2 for at least 10 seconds gt Return the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch once more to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 10 seconds or until the engine runs surge free gt If necessary repeat the above steps If the engine still does not start after 3 attempts Do not make any further attempts to start the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt page 210 When the malfunction indicator lamp 24 in the instrument cluster has been illuminated for the above condition it will remain illuminated until the engine was cycled on and off four times in a row AdBlue diesel engine only The BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system requires a reducing agent AdBlue in order to function properly Refilling with AdBlue is part of the regular maintenance service work A tankful of AdBlue should suffice until the next maintenance service under normal driving conditions When the AdBlue tank is low the message Check Additive See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display When the AdBlue level drops to the minimum level the message Remaining b gt AdBlue diesel engine only Practical hints i FN AdBlue diesel engine only Practical hints _ Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display
174. Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own Safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty A Introduction We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating particular
175. VIN ecesna 346 Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle level control see AIRMATIC Vehicle lighting 0 0 00 eee eeeeeeees 97 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down rings eseese 199 INSTRUCTIONS 2veiees aceceteesterrincs 197 Load limit rennene 238 ROOT ACK seseo anessa een E 198 Split rear seat bench 0006 199 TORMinOlO Sy sca iscesceccessecdenstssczeessess 249 Vehicle maximum load on the tire Vehicle specification E 35O ennn 348 E 350 4MATIC cvescccedvcedecsececbsoexcedee 349 E 350 Bl ue TEC v2 2 cecccsscsestiesceeeels 348 E550 EA PEE EE 350 E S50 AMATIC irssi 351 EGS AMG is aseene a aar 352 Vehicle status message memory 139 Vehicle tool kit eee 268 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Vehicle weights see Vehicle specification Warning sounds DISTRONIG PLUS is sctssssicesesesecasstanee 151 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 52 Parking Drakes 0ccisccsaseceaseseacteasts 289 Parking Guidance seene 170 Parktronic system sesser 168 Seat belt telltale 2 2 0 0 ce eee eeeeees 307 Warranty coverage ee 346 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYStEM aae e Ea Gans 367 Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction Cisplay sireirisereeisnersrinetiriariresaness 294 MIXING PALO cs ccscsstazasssesepeeszssceeies 367 Refilling ves cesesceccsteceecssecseeececsensts 227 Washing the vehicle 260 Wear pattern tires 0 0 0 ee 244 Weights vehicle see Vehicle specificati
176. Y The Y speed symbol in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S 4 up to 100 mph 160 km h TM S 4 up to 118 mph 190 km h 247 Operation iia 7A Tires and wheels Operation eal Index Speed rating Load identification H M S 4 up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S 4 up to 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of In addition to the load index special load identification Q may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the speed symbol gt page 246 e All models except AMG vehicles 130 mph 210 km h e E 63 AMG e No specification given absence of any text 155 mph 250 km h like in above example indicates a E 63 AM
177. a pedestrian is detected that pedestrian is highlighted by frame When you have been made aware of a pedestrian assess the situation by looking through the windshield The actual distance between your vehicle and objects or pedestrians cannot be assessed properly via a screen display Other objects apart from pedestrians may also be highlighted A Warning The pedestrian detection may be impaired or unavailable when e pedestrians are obstructed fully or in part by other objects such as parking vehicles e the silhouette in the Night View Assist Plus image is displayed incomplete or interrupted e g by significant light reflection e a pedestrian s silhouette is not rich enough in contrast compared to the background e pedestrians are not in erected position but for example sit crouch down or lie Animals cannot be detected Dirty or fogged up windshield The Night View Assist Plus image is diminished when the windshield in front of the camera is e dirty e fogged up on the outside e fogged up on the inside A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others stop before trying to remove window fogging or cleaning the windshield in front of the Night View Assist Plus camera Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h
178. ability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower revolutions and the wheels are less likely to spin Selecting program mode S means that upshifts occur later One touch gearshifting With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range using the steering wheel gearshift control E 63 AMG You only can limit or extend the gear range when driving in automatic program mode C S or S For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in b gt Controls in detail Fa oa Automatic transmission Controls in detail el manual program mode M see Manual shift program gt page 122 E 63 AMG For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in manual program mode M see Manual shift program gt page 122 Steering wheel gearshift control example illustration You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic transmission is in park position P neutral position N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control gt Briefly pull left gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear a
179. able force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the braking effect resulting in a significantly increased Driving instructions braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings is removed without putting other road users at risk e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care e carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc Operation ioe Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the red brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected immediately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brak
180. accept the old battery for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting You might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Take care that you do not become statically charged e g by wearing synthetic clothing or rubbing against textiles For this reason you also should not pull or push the battery over carpets or other synthetic materials Never touch the battery first First touch the outside body of the vehicle in order to release any possible electrostatic charges Do not rub the battery with rags or cloths The battery could explode if touched due to electrostatic charge or due to spark formation H The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore
181. ace for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror and glance over your shoulder before changing lanes You can store the settings for the exterior rear view mirror position with the memory function gt page 96 gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The indicator lamp in the respective button comes on If you do not make adjustments to the selected exterior rear view mirror within 15 seconds the indicator lamp goes out You will then have to select the desired exterior rear view mirror again before adjustments can be made Adjustments can only be made with the indicator lamp for the respective exterior rear view mirror button illuminated gt Press adjustment button up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place Atlow ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically Auto dimming rear view mirrors The exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not rea
182. ad will not be supported in the event of a collision That could cause serious or even fatal injuries Rear seat occupants can be seriously injured or killed Lowering rear seat head restraints The rear seat head restraints can be lowered for increased visibility gt Press button Q The rear seat head restraints are lowered gt Raising Pull head restraint upward to the desired position gt Lowering Press release button Q and push down on head restraint Rear seat head restraint fore and aft adjustment P9116 2825 21 gt Adjust the head restraint to the desired position by pushing or pulling on the upper edge of the head restraint cushion Rear seat head restraints removing and installing vehicles with split foldable rear seat backrest The rear seat head restraints cannot be removed on vehicles which do not have the split foldable rear seat backrest gt Removing Unlock the rear seat backrest gt page 199 and fold it slightly forward gt Pull head restraint to its highest position gt Press release button Q and pull out head restraint gt Installing Position the head restraints so that the notches on the rod are on the left when looking in the direction of travel gt Insert head restraint and push it down until it engages gt Fold the rear seat backrest back until it engages iy nulticontour seat The drive dynamic multicontour seat is only availabl
183. age function PULSE You can reduce muscle tension during long trips by periodically using the massage function you can choose between two levels b gt Controls in detail Fs Controls in detail 2 Seats gt Switching on Press button repeatedly until the desired level is set One or two indicator lamps in the button come on The air cushions in the lumbar region inflate and deflate rhythmically for approximately 20 minutes Seat ventilation a P54 25 8057 2 The blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using the summer opening feature gt page 107 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat ventilation switch 4 Three blue indicator lamps in seat ventilation switch Q come on gt Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set gt Switching off Press seat ventilation switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If there is insufficient voltage the seat ventilating switches off automatically Seat heating a 9 4 25 8058 a1 Front seat heating switches P54 25 8153 31 Rear seat heating switch Canada only The red indicator lamps in seat heating switch C come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 3 high to level 2 after appr
184. ake system and or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the 4MATIC is only achieved with winter tires gt page 252 or snow chains as required HOLD function The HOLD function can assist you Controls in detail Fes e when driving off especially on steep slopes e when maneuvering on steep slopes e when waiting in traffic The vehicle is kept stationary without the driver having to depress the brake pedal Upon depressing the accelerator pedal the braking effect is canceled and the HOLD function is deactivated Activation conditions You can activate the HOLD function when e the vehicle is stationary e the engine is running e your seat belt is fastened or the driver s door is closed e the parking brake is released e the hood is closed e the automatic transmission is in neutral position N drive position D or reverse gear R e the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated gt page 156 A Driving systems Controls in detail heel Activating HOLD gt Make sure the activation conditions are met gt Depress the brake pedal gt Continue to depress the brake pedal with increased pedal pressure until the message HOLD appears in the multifunction display The HOLD function is activated You can now release the brake pedal R O N Pe a Example illustration HOLD function activated Ifthe HOLD fun
185. ake and have the same tread design For information on winter tires for your vehicle model see the Technical data section gt page 353 Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle After installing winter tires gt Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust it if necessary gt page 231 gt Restart the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 232 or the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt page 233 Snow chains H Vehicles with AIRMAITC When driving with snow chains always select the raised level of the vehicle level control Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 353 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H If snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or
186. ake up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The current tire inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display after a few minutes of driving significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not Possible differences between the readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control system can occur The tire Tires and wheels bets pressure displayed by the control system apply to sea level In high altitude locations the reading on a tire pressure gauge will be higher than the reading issued by the vehicle s control system Do not reduce the tire inflation pressure under such circumstances gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt or gt onthe multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt page 138 gt Press button a jor Yv Pressure gt
187. all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance system Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in mountainous areas Drinking and driving A Warning Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combinations Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Pedals A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance A Warning There is no power assistance for the steering and the brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn of
188. ally depending on the steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating lamp remains lit for a short time only It then goes out automatically Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead The corner illuminating lamp goes out There may be a brief delay before the corner illuminating lamps go out Interior lighting in the front Nr Nasty Rear interior lighting on off Automatic control on off Right front reading lamp on off Front interior lighting on off Left front reading lamp on off P82 20 3376 31 OOOOO Ba x B3 EH fey Automatic control OFF gt Activating Press button c OF Button disengages and sits flush with the other buttons The interior lighting comes when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Interior Lighting Delay must be enabled gt page 143 e open a door Lighting ites The interior lighting goes out after a short time If a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after approximately 5 minutes OFF gt Deactivating Press button Button engages Man
189. and death Load distribution PY The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage cargo should not exceed the total load limit indicated on the corresponding Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 238 The handling characteristics of a fully loaded vehicle depend greatly on the load distribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustration shown The heaviest items are to be placed towards the front of the vehicle Please pay attention to and comply with the following instructions when loading the vehicle and transporting cargo Cy id PO0 01 2659 3t e Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely as possible e The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible against front or rear seat backrests Loading and storing Controls in detail Fay en Loading and storing Controls in detail Leal Roof rack For information about further roof rack equipment contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow the manufacturer s installation instructions Otherwise an improperly attached roof rack system or its load could become detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 220 Ib 100 kg Take
190. ange e E 63 AMG only The ESC is switched back on If the message in the multifunction display does not disappear gt Clean the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille gt page 263 gt Clean the front and the rear bumper gt page 263 gt Restart the vehicle gt Wait until the battery recovers Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Functions Limited See Operator s Manua Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Enabled Sec Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions USA only The front passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat or the front passenger seat is empty Objects on the seat or forces acting on the seat may make the system sense supplemental weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the front passenger door gt Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat and properly secure the child in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary gt Make sure no objects which apply supplemental weight to the seat are present The system may recognize such supplemental weight and sense that an occu
191. arage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Useful features ee Controls in detail Fev ar Useful features Controls in detail Lal Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text For your convenience and to complete the procedure faster you might want to have someone assist you gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the following two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training
192. are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found on certification label Q on the driver s door B pillar e embossed underneath the carpet in the front passenger footwell e on the lower edge of the windshield Identification labels MED BY DAIMLER AG ST 10 07 Mn 3 P00 01 3875 31 Example certification label U S vehicles VIN Paintwork code DAIMLER eo C172 i Ih PO0 01 3683 31 Example certification label Canada vehicles VIN Paintwork code Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration Refer to certification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle gt Move the front passenger seat backward as far as possible gt page 88 gt Fold carpet 4 backward VIN is now visible Emission an information label includes both federal and California certification exhaust emission standards VIN on lower edge of windshield Engine number engraved on engine When ordering parts please specify vehi
193. artKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Driving safety systems bree Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Vehicles without 4MATIC Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Safety and security H The ESC will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The DISTRONIC PLUS and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESC engages Electronic Traction System ETS 4 ETS Z Observe Safety notes see page 62 The ETS Electronic Traction System and 4 ETS four wheel Electronic Traction System vehicles with 4MATIC only are components of the ESC The ETS 4 ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road conditions by applying the brak
194. as they may contain sharp edges Otherwise you could injure yourself while releasing the fuel filler flap In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open it manually The fuel filler flap release is located on the passenger side in the trunk behind the cover gt Open the trunk gt page 81 gt Push the parcel net down gt Open the cover gt page 268 P88 60 2275 31 gt Remove fuel filler flap release from holder gt Pull fuel filler flap release in direction of the arrow gt Open the fuel filler flap gt page 220 gt Close the cover gt Close the trunk Resetting activated NECK PRO active front head restraints If the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in a rear end collision they must be reset You can tell that the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted A Warning For safety reasons have the NECK PRO active front head restraints checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end collision A Warning When pushing back the head restraint cushion make sure your fingers do not become caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury gt Pull the top of the head restraint cushion in direction of arrow Q as far as it will go gt Adjust the head restraint cushion downward i
195. astened If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt telltale 4 starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale 2 stops flashing but continues to be illuminated After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale 4 is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale amp will only go out if both the driver s and the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 307 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front seats and rear outer seats are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETDs are designed to activate in the following cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e in side impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold on the far side of the impact e in certain vehicle rollovers e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see SRS indicator lamp gt page 36 The E
196. astened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly approximate the occupant s weight category e Read and observe all warnings in this chapter Occupant safety ee Safety and security ral Occupant safety Safety and security J OCS Self test After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the amp s indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult the amp lesser indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front passenger seat as being empty the amp indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out A Warning If the B eso indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 314 A Warning Never place anything between seat cu
197. ate caution H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B andA represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a t
198. attempting the starting process The jump start contacts are located in the engine compartment on the passenger side gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Open the hood gt page 223 Practical hints P54 10 3226 31 gt Connect positive terminal 2 of charged battery with positive terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to positive terminal 2 of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with charged battery and run at idle speed b gt Practical hints gt Connect negative terminal of charged battery with negative terminal with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to negative terminal of charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery and run at idle speed You can now turn on the electrical consumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables from negative terminals and first gt Remove the jumper cables from positive terminals and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Slide cover from positive terminal back gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Towing the vehicle Safety notes A Warning The vehicle is braked when the HOLD function or DISTRON
199. authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties aA Identification labels e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Replacement parts and accessories
200. aware of various risks Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Ea Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in additio
201. ble speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver s seat as far back as possible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by b gt Occupant safety Safety and security 7 26 Occupant safety Safety and security LJ adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when the driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place the
202. bove corrective steps do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints Driving systems Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Cruise Inoperativ The cruise control is malfunctioning Control e In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Have the cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Cruise mph One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not Control been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the situation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise control gt page 147 b gt Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavai lab e See Operator s Manual Inoperativ Override Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The DISTRONIC PLUS is temporarily unavailable The DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated because e the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille is dirty e its function is impaired as a result of heavy precipitation e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative due to electromagnetic interference near television and radio transmitter stations toll stations speed measuring systems etc e the radar sensors do not sen
203. c function level e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirrors position A Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Each memory position button on the front passenger side can store the setting of the seat position Lighting modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps increase usable illumination over conventional headlamps because they follow the curvature of the road ahead The beams of the active Bi Xenon headlamps shift to either side according to the vehicle s steering angle and speed gt Adjust the seats gt On the driver s side also adjust the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button M once and within 3 seconds press memory position button 1 2 0r3 Controls in detail Fy When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds 1 P lt Standing lamps left gt Press and hold desired memory position 2 P Standing lamps right button 1 2 or 3 until the seat has moved to the stored position completely On the driver s side also wait for the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to move to the stored
204. can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual manner Operating audio devices audio media gt Switch on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Audio menu The settings for the currently being played audio device audio media appear in the multifunction display Example illustration Disc number Current track gt Selecting next or previous track Press button v or a briefly gt Selecting a track from the track list quick search Press and hold button jor a The current track does not appear during Audio AUX mode operation Operating video DVD gt Switch on the COMAND system and select DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions to select the gt Press button lt q or gt Audio menu Controls in detail Fes Disc number Current scene gt Selecting next or previous scene Press button v or a briefly gt Selecting a scene from the scene list quick search Press and hold button jor a Tel menu A Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when
205. ccessevtesncvsrevscveaceiverseateceertacsevens 290 Tele AIG sscsedessdseescavecadatsdectiseescs testes 290 Tire inflation pressure 284 304 Tire pressure MONItOF 0 eee 285 TOS E EN E E 284 304 TUNK 293 MUP SISMAIS sser tursstsr sites 303 Washer TlUid csciccscssecssecseetavseveseeesets 294 Multifunction steering wheel ACUSTIMOME irinenn 93 BURTONS so r 126 Cleaning weve ceeecssecvsscesntevecetecenesscevs 265 Easy entry exit feature 93 145 Gearshift Control ee eeeeseeeeeees 122 OARS sisii ren 94 Memory function seese 96 OVERVIEW vecssisiscccvasetazessdesssiszaedsseeecass 30 Navigation system see Separate operating instructions Navi menu e 134 NECK PRO active front head FOStraINts acaron ais 54 RESETUME cscvectrieus lt veveciveessatebevetisays 316 Nets parcel is issccsscccsesccsassessesssseaveseene 199 Night View Assist Plus 172 Cleaning the windshield in front of the camera sisirin 263 Normal occupant weight 251 Number vehicle identification VIN esiaren eres eree a 346 Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant Classification System Occupant distribution 251 Occupant safety All DSS scccsssctcsssecestocesesvececnecvondensn 37 BabySimart c csccccscscsszesasecsoseteassseests 46 Children and air bags secsec 37 Children in the vehicle 00 56 Child seat anchors LATCH type
206. ccupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recommend trailer towing with your vehicle Maximum tire load A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result Tires and wheels oe in handling or steering problems or brake failure Pa For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to eac
207. ce Service parts ec seeeeeee eens 346 Service and warranty information 20 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator message Service life tires 00 0 eee 242 Service MENU cceeeeeeeeeteees 138 Settings Factory setting KEYLESS GO 79 Factory setting SmartKey 77 Memory function 0cececsvecseosseae gt 96 IMG secre ee E 139 Selective setting KEYLESS GO 79 Selective setting SmartKey 77 Shelf below rear window cleaning 266 Side impact air bags ee 41 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses secre 262 Messages in the multifunction GiSplay ssccvccsctseccssesauesoeessnessseceenseaes 300 Sidewall tires eee 251 SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey Snow chains a oa 252 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel l 353 Mounting essene Bens iSezecsereceesess 323 Storage lOCALOM cecccissscesenccpvedaressss 271 Speedometer 00 0 eee eeeeesseecerteeeneees 28 Speed settings Cruise control ndeine 147 DISTRONIC PLUS 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 155 Resume function 606 148 156 SRS Indicator lam piesci 29 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Indicator lampi sscirerissirissiess 36 308 Messages in the multifunction GISPlAY TEE 290 Standing water driving through 257 Starter switch positions KEYLESS GO si sitacsseciseriiennce 86 Sma KEY scsi sscesss
208. child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion See Children in the vehicle page 56 for information on e infants and children traveling with you i the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained You and your passengers should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it t
209. cked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed To cancel the alarm do one of the following gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch gt Press button g or onthe SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle Safety and security o y lt u Vehicle equipment 76 Locking and unlocking 5 76 Starter switch positions 85 SOAS a a cent R EIE 87 Multifunction steering wheel 93 Mirrors e e rer eceece retake 94 Memory function cceeseeeeee 96 Rightin Svc cecten re AE 97 Wipers e a reer ee eeeenees 104 Power WINdOWS oieee 105 Driving and parking 06 109 Automatic transmission 114 Transfer case 124 Instrument cluster cece 125 Gontrolisystem ccc ceeeeccercee cere 126 Driving systems cceceeeeeeee 146 Climate control system 180 Rear window defroster 191 Power tilt sliding sunroof 192 Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel ence Nee 194 Loading and storing 00 197 Useful features 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeree 203 Controls in detail E Locking and unl
210. cle identification and engine number Technical data el Vehicle specification E 350 BlueTEC 212 024 Technical data E Vehicle specification E 350 212 056 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 350 Engine type Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 134923 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt 272 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 6 3 66 in 92 90 mm 3 39 in 86 00 mm 2 5 Culin 3498 cm 10 7 1 268 hp 6000 rpm 200 kW 6000 rpm 258 Ib ft 2400 5000 rpm 350 Nm 2 400 5000 rpm 6500 rpm 1 4 3 6 2 5 2392 mm Electrical system E 350 Alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs type 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 4 kW 12 V 70 Ah Bosch Y 7 MPP33 Electrical system E 350 Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm electrode gap Spark plugs 15 18 Ib ft tightening torque 20 25 Nm Main dimensions E 350 Overall vehicle 191 9 in 4874 mm length Overall vehicle 81 5 in 2071 mm width 4 Overall vehicle 57 8 in 1467 mm height Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 62 2 in 1580 mm Track rear 63 0 in 1599 mm Ground clearance 4 1 in 104 mm Turning circle 36 9 ft 11 3 m Weigh
211. completely afterward at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Battery Safety notes A battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve its rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a battery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion 3 Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and faceguard Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with clear water Contact a physician if necessary Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual A battery contains materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly A large 12 V storage battery contains lead Recycling of the battery is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to
212. cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items Power seats The memory function gt page 96 lets you Store the settin
213. cruise control lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direction of arrow If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off DISTRONIC PLUS Safety notes When activated the DISTRONIC PLUS adaptive cruise control system increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while traveling on expressways and other major roadways e If the DISTRONIC PLUS distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the DISTRONI
214. ct if the automatic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror Controls in detail Fy The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the rear window sunshade is in raised position Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could cause an accident Exterior rear view mirror parking position To assist during parking maneuvers you can set the passenger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the rear wheel and the road curb Setting and storing the parking position a Memory function Controls in detail kal gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the preset parking position gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb The exterior rear view mirror parking position is stored You can also store the parking position using the memory button M gt Switch on the ignition gt Press butto
215. ction gt page 361 and gt page 365 Z Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned H Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system fluid reservoir H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps H Do not use distilled or deionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be damaged Fluid for the washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer fluid reservoir During all seasons use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit Mix it with water or premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on the ambient temperature gt page 367 gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap Q upwards gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap Q onto filler hole until it engages For more information see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 361 H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Contac
216. ction is not activated when depressing the brake pedal wait briefly and repeat the above steps A Warning The vehicle s brakes are applied when the HOLD function is activated Therefore deactivate the HOLD function for example when the vehicle is pulled through an automatic car wash or being towed Deactivating HOLD The HOLD function is switched off when e you depress the accelerator pedal with the automatic transmission in drive position D or reverse gear R e you shift the automatic transmission into park position P e you depress the brake pedal fully again until the message HOLD in the multifunction display disappears e you activate the DISTRONIC PLUS A Warning The braking effect of the HOLD function is canceled and the vehicle can start to roll if e the HOLD function is deactivated by depressing the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal e the HOLD function or the power supply is malfunctioning e g due to battery failure e the electrical components in the engine compartment or the fuses have been manipulated e the battery is disconnected A Warning Never get out of the vehicle while the HOLD function is activated The HOLD function must never be operated or deactivated by passengers or from outside the vehicle The HOLD function does not replace the parking brake It must not be used to secure the vehicle when parking Deactivate the HOLD function when leaving or parking the vehicle Use
217. cupant safety Safety and security LJ indicating that the front passenger front air bag Is activated If the 8 k indicator lamp is illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed o If the 8 seor indicator lamp is not illuminated the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags or pelvis air bag If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the front passenger s weight category as identified by the OCS For more information on air bag display messages in the multifunction display see gt page 276 A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat bel
218. curring as a result of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions The PRE SAFE system takes preventive measures to better protect the occupants from the possibility of personal injuries in the following hazardous situations e emergency braking situations e g if the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 63 is activated or when vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS the BAS PLUS gt page 63 or the PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 is strongly engaging when the radar sensors recognize the immediate risk of collision in certain situations vehicles with DISTRONIC PLUS critical dynamic driving situations e g when the vehicle has been caused to understeer or oversteer because it has exceeded its physical limitations or in case of evasive steering maneuvers at speeds above approximately 85 mph 140 km h The PRE SAFE system takes the following measures when it is activated e The front seat belts are pre tensioned automatically e If the front passenger seat is in an unfavorable position the seat will be adjusted to a position that seeks to better protect the occupant e The system increases the air pressure in the air pockets on the sides of the seat cushion and backrest of the drive dynamic multicontour front seats e If the vehicle is in a critical dynamic driving situation the door windows and the tilt sli
219. d 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Locking and unlocking Controls in detail L Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 76 e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button J e Always carry the SmartKey with you e Never store the SmartKey together with electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system e To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk e When the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours the KEYLESS GO function is deactivate
220. d e the battery is disconnected Z Warning Never get out of the vehicle while the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on The DISTRONIC PLUS must never be operated or switched off by passengers or from outside the vehicle The DISTRONIC PLUS is not a substitute for the parking brake It must not be used to secure the vehicle when parking When you get out of the vehicle or switch off the engine deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle from rolling away by engaging the parking brake When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is stopping the vehicle brakes until it also stops Once the vehicle is at a standstill it remains stationary without depressing the brake pedal Depending on the following distance set using the distance setting switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS lever gt page 157 the vehicle will stop adequate away from the preceding vehicle When the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and the vehicle is at a standstill the automatic transmission shifts into park position P automatically when e opening the driver s door and releasing the seat belt e turning off the engine e opening the hood e a system malfunction occurs e the on board voltage is insufficient The DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow Q or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 1
221. d ESC SPORT is designed for driving on closed tracks when the vehicle s natural oversteer and understeer characteristics are desired and requires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Please be aware of these limits when you switch on ESC SPORT Do not switch on ESC SPORT when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch on ESC SPORT This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Z Warning Switch off ESC SPORT and switch on the ESC immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise ESC will only stabilize the vehicle to a limited extent when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch on ESC SPORT e the ESC stabilizes the vehicle only to a limited extent e the engine output is limited but only to the extent that allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel e the ESC continues to operate when you are braking hard e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS cannot be activated e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS switch off if activated When ESC SPORT is switched on and one or more drive wheels are spinning
222. d Pull an outside door handle and switch on the ignition once to activate the KEYLESS GO function e If the SmartKey is positioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e If the SmartKey is removed from the vehicle e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the outside door handle the message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display with the engine running the red message Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket e If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button inserting the SmartKey into the starter switch when the vehicle is at a standstill and the automatic transmission is in park position P e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water or you attempt to clean an outside door handle e Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Possibility 1 One SmartKey
223. d cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics ESC A Observe Safety notes see page 62 The Electronic Stability Control ESC is operational as soon as the engine is running It monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESC recognizes that the vehicle deviates from the direction of travel as intended by the driver By applying brakes to individual wheels and by limiting the engine output the ESC works to stabilize the vehicle The ESC is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESC also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers The ESC warning lamp A in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running A Warning Never switch off the ESC when you see the ESC warning lamp A flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e When driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Vehicles with 4MATIC Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off Sm
224. d attaching the spare wheel The ceramic composite brake disk could be damaged Exercise appropriate care and have a second person assist you if possible or use a second alignment bolt _ Cf P40 10 5752 31 Example illustration All models except E 63 AMG gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly gt Unscrew the alignment bolt gt Install the last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly gt Vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Inflating the collapsible tire gt page 327 and then Lowering the vehicle gt page 328 or gt Vehicles with Minispare wheel Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Lowering the vehicle gt page 328 Inflating the collapsible tire Z Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle A Warning Observe safety instructions on air pump label H Do not lower the vehicle before inflating the collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may be damaged Your vehicle may be equipped with either of two versions of the electric air pump e Version 1 The air hose with pressure gauge and the electrical plug are located behind a flap e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located in the pum
225. d modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Using the radar sensors the PRE SAFE Brake detects obstacles that are in your driving path for a sufficient period of time for the system to recognize it If you approach a vehicle and the PRE SAFE Brake has established that the distance to the vehicle ahead at your current speed is so close that the PRE SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently the system will initially warn you visually and acoustically If you do not apply the brakes yourself or maneuver around a sensed obstacle the vehicle will brake lightly automatically The PRE SAFE system gt page 53 is activated when the distance to the vehicle ahead at your current speed is so close that the PRE SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently When the danger of a collision still persists and you do not brake or accelerate significantly the PRE SSAFE Brake may initiate full application of the brakes automatically A Warning The PRE SAFE Brake will only respond with brake assistance if it has clearly detected an object Detection can be impeded by e dirty or covered sensors e snowfall or heavy rain e disturbance from other radar sources e strong radar reflection such as in parking garages The PRE SAFE Brake uses radar signals that are not reflected well by narrow objects and absorptive materials For this reaso
226. d regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during b gt Battery N lt T Em ou aa Jump starting Practical hints _ charging and could cause an explosion that may result in personal injury paint damage or corrosion An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available It permits the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have the battery charged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you charge the battery yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery charge unit with a maximum charging voltage of 14 8 V gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death
227. dal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the automatic central locking gt page 144 gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 101 H Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Towing with all wheels on the ground A Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake system e there is a malfunction in the power supply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering
228. ding sunroof or panorama roof with tilt sliding panel also closes except for a minimal gap that remains open If the closing procedure of any of these elements is blocked it will stop and open slightly Once the hazardous situation no longer exists and an accident has been avoided the PRE SAFE system loosens the seat belt pre b gt Occupant safety a Safety and security eal Occupant safety Safety and security LJ tension and decreases the air pressure in the air pockets of the drive dynamic multicontour front seats All of the PRE SAFE system settings can be re adjusted following the critical driving event If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the seat backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is reduced The locking mechanism releases H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats and or the items For information on the seat belt adjustment function as an integrated comfort feature of the PRE SAFE system see gt page 51 NECK PRO active front head restraints The NECK PRO active front head restraints are intended to offer the driver and front passenger increased protection from whiplash type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the NECK PRO active front head restraints are designed to move forward and up in the direction of travel They thus provide the head wit
229. direction of arrow as far as it will go P58 10 2212 31 Operational position gt Turn the crank handle clockwise Before placing the jack back into the vehicle tool kit gt Fully collapse the jack gt Fold in the crank handle storage position Spare wheel Observe Safety notes see page 323 The E 350 BlueTEC does not have a spare wheel The spare wheel is located in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 81 gt Lift the trunk floor and secure it on the upper trunk lip gt page 268 H To prevent damage always disengage the floor handle from the upper trunk lip and lower the trunk floor before closing the trunk All models except E 63 AMG gt Removing Remove luggage bowl 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel Q Storing the spare wheel after use gt Place spare wheel into the spare wheel well gt Secure spare wheel Q by turning luggage bowl 2 clockwise E 63 AMG gt Removing Reach into recess Q of storage well casing to pull it up and remove it gt Remove spare wheel 2 Where will I find Practical hints O Practical hints Storing the spare wheel after use If you wish to store the spare wheel after use carry out the following steps Otherwise the spare wheel may not fit into the spare wheel well H Make sure the spare wheel is dry before storing it gt Unscrew t
230. display The image in the COMAND system display corresponds to a road lit up by high beam headlamps Z Warning The Night View Assist Plus is only an aid to support you while driving and cannot substitute your careful attention Do not rely on the display of the Night View Assist Plus instead continue to look through the windshield You are always responsible for safety and must drive in accordance with traffic conditions Otherwise you could endanger yourself and others The system may be impaired or unavailable when e visibility is poor e g due to snow rain fog or heavy spray e the camera area of the windshield is dirty fogged up or covered by a sticker for example e driving through curves or on inclines or declines A Warning The Night View Assist Plus cannot record objects immediately in front of or next to the vehicle When maneuvering continue to look through the windshield Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them The Night View Assist Plus image in the COMAND system display is not impaired by the headlamps of approaching vehicles As a result you can better follow the course of the road and detect obstacles earlier on Infrared light is invisible to the human eye and thus does not blind The Night View Assist Plus can remain switched on permanently even with oncoming traffic present The Night View Assist Plus monitors t
231. djust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an Practical hints _ accident ABS and In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow USA only ESE ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator Currently lamp come on Unavailabl The brake system still functions normally but due to Canada e See insufficient power supply the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS only Operator s the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the anua PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are operational again and the message should disappear If the message does not disappear gt Have the alternator and the battery checked Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display ee Display messa
232. driving The tire inflation pressure is too low in at least one tire or The tire inflation pressures of the individual tires differ from each other significantly The tire inflation pressure values are shown in the multifunction display gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 231 gt Restart the Advanced TPMS gt page 236 At least one tire is deflating The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 323 The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly below the reference value The respective tire is indicated in the multifunction display gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 323 Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Vehicle status message
233. driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when weather road and traffic conditions permit b gt Controls in detail Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second You can connect your telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth see separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button lt q or gt Tel menu One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No Service No network is available to select the e Ready for Bluetooth Telephony The telephone has not been connected to the COMAND system via Bluetooth yet gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth e Phone READY or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found anetwork and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunc
234. dy use cold water and a sponge AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces High ambient temperatures If AdBlue in the reservoir heats up to above 122 F 50 C for a long period of time for example due to direct sunlight ammonia gas vapors may escape when opening the AdBlue tank A Warning When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes Low ambient temperatures AdBlue freezes at a temperature of approximately 12 F 11 C Your vehicle is factory equipped with an AdBlue preheating system The vehicle can thus be operated at temperatures below 12 F 11 C Special additives H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Purity The purity of AdBlue is of particular importance for avoiding malfunctions in the exhaust gas aftertreatment If AdBlue is pumped out of the tank e g during repair work the same liquid must no
235. e KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In an emergency you can turn off the engine while driving by pressing and holding the KEYLESS GO start stop button for approximately 3 seconds If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button and cannot turn it off as described above gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch The engine turns off The starter switch is in position O gt page 85 Automatic transmission Introduction For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and parking gt page 109 A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obstacles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught bet
236. e driver s seat The summer opening feature can only be activated via the remote control of the SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim the transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press button a on the SmartKey to unlock the vehicle Keep button a pressed until the door windows and the tilt sliding panel of the panorama roof or the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel When the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed the roller sunblinds will open first gt Press button a once more until the tilt sliding panel of the panorama roof has reached the desired position gt Release button g on the SmartKey to interrupt the opening procedure Controls in detail Fes Controls in detail Leal Power windows Convenience closing feature When locking the vehicle you can simultaneously close e the door windows e the tilt sliding sunroof e the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Afterward you can extend the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel A Warning When closing the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel make sure there is no danger of anyo
237. e items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the
238. e resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the DISTRONIC PLUS lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down past the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the DISTRONIC PLUS lever down past the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the DISTRONIC PLUS lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever in direction of arrow gt page 153 The DISTRONIC PLUS is activated and
239. e 318 e Only use 12 volt bulbs ofthe same type and s eee with the specified watt rating i KaL A e Switch the lights off before changingabulb Warning to prevent short circuits Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon e Always use a clean lint free cloth when headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon handling bulbs lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components It is b gt Replacing bulbs Practical hints recommended to have such work done by a qualified technician Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 0 gt Open the hood gt page 223 Releasing fixing the washer fluid reservoir To replace bulbs of the driver s side headlamp the washer fluid reservoir in the engine compartment must be released gt Releasing Turn screw 2 counterclockwise and remove it gt Tilt washer fluid reservoir Q to the side as far as necessary to access the headlamp bulbs gt Fixing Tilt washer fluid reservoir Q back into fixing position gt Fasten screw 2 by turning it clockwise Low beam halogen headlamps only P82 10 6330 31 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 2 counterclockwise and pull it out gt Pu
240. e Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0 100 This will assist us in b gt contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Bo
241. e DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down 2 until desired speed is set The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Your vehicle adapts its speed to the preceding vehicle observing the set speed as a maximum value If you do not completely remove your foot from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC PLUS Override appears in the multifunction display The distance to a slower driving vehicle will not be set You will drive at the speed you dictate by pressing the accelerator pedal Switching on when approaching a stationary vehicle It is helpful to switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS display in the multifunction display to see that a preceding vehicle is detected gt page 152 You can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS below a speed of 20 mph 30 km h when a preceding vehicle is detected If the preceding vehicle is stationary you can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS if your vehicle is also at a standstill gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow 4 The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on gt Tap the DISTRONIC PLUS lever up or down 2 until desired speed is set You can adjust the set speed using the DISTRONIC PLUS lever and the target distance using the distance setting switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS lever gt page 157 If the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched off the PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 will warn of an impending collision if this function has bee
242. e and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H The vehicle must be stopped when you shift the automatic transmission e directly between drive position D and reverse gear R e directly between reverse gear R and drive position D e directly into park position P Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged When trying to free a vehicle stuck in mud or snow see Rocking the vehicle gt page 120 b gt A Automatic transmission Controls in detail L Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down but the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shifting to occur The gear selector lever always returns to its original position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the multifunction display gt page 118 E 63 AMG only There are additional indicators on the cover of the shifting gate showing the current gear selector lever position The indicators come on when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch and go out when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift th
243. e automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Moving the gear selector lever up or down shifts the automatic transmission out of park position P All models except E 63 AMG Shifting into park position P gt With the vehicle at a standstill press button Q on the gear selector lever SmartKey When you turn off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically KEYLESS GO When you turn off the engine using the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Moving the gear selector lever up or down shifts the automatic transmission out of park position P HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS The automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically when HOLD function or DISTRONIC PLUS brings your vehicle to standstill In addition at least o
244. e can be started again Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as The Adaptive Highbeam Assist is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as b gt Practical hints E ma Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions TOF Check The left or right daytime running lamps are malfunctioning Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Dayt ime possible Running Light or Check Right Daytime Running Light SP Si jr Sr e W Check The left or right backup lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Reverse possible Lamp or Check Right Reverse Lamp W Check The high mounted brake lamp is malfunctioning This Center message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Brake Lamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints __ w Check The left or right front fog lamp is malfunctioning This message z Left Fog will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Lamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as or possible Check Right Fog Lamp X Check The front left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning Front gt Contact a
245. e can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Practical hints The radiator cooling fan is malfunctioning gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument
246. e closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the sunroof switch b gt Controls in detail ie in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes with greater force If the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding sunroof was blocked and has opened pull and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully closed The tilt sliding sunroof closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the sunroof switch to close the tilt sliding sunroof immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding sunroof to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the sunroof switch The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchronized after a malfunction or if it does not open smoothly H lf the tilt sliding sunroof cannot be closed or synchronized contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the sunroof switch in direction of arrow Q gt page 193 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear gt Keep holding the sunroof switch in direction of arrow Q for approxima
247. e control You can set the air temperature for each of the 3 zones separately You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C Pe3A0 4159 31 Front zones gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker switch 4O or gt page 183 up or down Rear zones gt Increasing decreasing Press rocker switch 4O or GA gt page 183 up or down Rear climate control gt Increasing decreasing Press button 45 or 9 gt page 183 A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Climate control system 187 Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin For best possible performance of the climate control gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruction Controls in detail Fay For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle posit
248. e cruise control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic transmission will downshift automatically Controls in detail FA Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored speed is deleted from memory when the engine is turned off The cruise control switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake In this case the cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display will go out The cruise control also switches off automatically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESC is in operation e the ESC is switched off with the ESC switch e the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving b gt 9 Driving systems Controls in detail kal The cruise control speed segments in the multifunction display goes out and an acoustic warning will sound Observe additional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed Z Warning Keep in mind that it may take a bri
249. e front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the B amp k indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check See Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only oe ld ees The BabySmart child seat is not positioned correctly eat anua ini Risk of injury Position ae gt Install the BabySmart child seat in correct position Vehicles with BabySmart Canada only The sensor for child seat recognition is malfunctioning Risk of injury gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the 8 k indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the front passenger seat even after performing the a
250. e memory Use the vehicle status message memory function to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the system Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt Press button lt q or gt to select the Serv menu If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display Control system Eee to select the gt Press button jor a messages function gt Press button OK to confirm The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Use button v or a to scroll through the messages If you turn the SmartKey in the starter swi
251. e on the driver s side The drive dynamic multicontour seat allows several individual support adjustments and can automatically adjust lateral support to your driving style Seat cushion length Drive dynamic function Seat backrest side bolsters Massage function Seat backrest contour support Seat backrest contour up or down gt Seat cushion length Adjust the seat cushion to the length of your upper leg using switch Q gt Seat backrest side bolsters Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch gt Seat backrest contour Adjust the contour of the seat backrest to the desired position using switches and Drive dynamic function The drive dynamic multicontour seat electronically controls the air pressure in the air chambers of the seat backrest side bolsters This function improves driving comfort and pleasure You can choose between e Level 1 one indicator lamp comes on Less lateral support and slow air pressure build up in the air chambers of the seat backrest side bolsters e Level 2 two indicator lamps come on Strong lateral support and fast air pressure build up in the air chambers of the seat backrest side bolsters gt Switching on Press button repeatedly until the desired level is set One or two indicator lamps in the button come on gt Switching off Press button 2 repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out Mass
252. e pads and use brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Operation lest Driving instructions H Vehicles with 4MATIC Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Vehicles with 4MATIC Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 0 or 1 when the electronic parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Vehicles without 4MATIC Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 0 or 1 when the electronic parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with one axle raised Active braking action throu
253. e parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on The rear fog lamp can only be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position 2 Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position S00 or 2 or A gt page 97 WW Vehicles with front fog lamps gt Switching on front fog lamps Press switch 40 gt page 97 The green indicator lamp 40 instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off front fog lamps Press switch 40 gt page 97 The green indicator lamp 40 in the instrument cluster goes out in the 5 When the parking lamps are on the tail lamps the license plate lamps the side marker lamps and the instrument cluster illumination are also on b gt o Lighting Controls in detail le gt Switching on rear fog lamp Press switch 40 gt page 97 The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps the green 40 and the yellow indicator lamp o in the instrument cluster come on gt Switching off rear fog lamp Press switch 0 gt page 97 The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps the green 40 and the yellow indicator lamp o in the instrument cluster goes out
254. e position D and reverse gear R move the gear selector lever up or down past the resistance point Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Gear ranges With the automatic transmission in drive position D you can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting gt page 121 The current gear range appears in the multifunction display All models except E 63 AMG Gear range indicator The current gear range appears in the multifunction display E 63 AMG Gear range indicator Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine Allows the use of the engine s braking effect when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions For maximum use of the engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Automatic shift program C Comfort S Sport Program mode selector switch on all models except E 63 AMG For comfort driving For sporty driving e Pic rszssss Program mode selector dial on E 63 AMG C Comfort For standard driving S Sport For sporty driving S Sport Plus For sporty driving with shorter shift times M Manual For manual gearshifting gt page 122 RS
255. e the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off on a level road or downhill grades e with the automatic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged e if the ESC has switched off due to a malfunction All wheel drive 4MATIC In vehicles with all wheel drive 4MATIC both axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated The 4MATIC improves traction in conjunction with the ESC gt page 65 and the Electronic Traction System ETS 4 ETS gt page 65 Z Warning If a drive wheel is spinning due to insufficient traction e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The 4MATIC cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed H Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a two axle dynamometer If such Driving systems Br tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the br
256. e the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Replace Air Filter Center Check i Fuel Filter R Check Additive Sec Operator s Manual Aa Remaining B Starts A Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The air filter is clogged gt Have the air filter checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz There is water in the fuel filter gt Have the water drained at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The AdBlue supply is almost depleted gt Have the AdBlue tank refilled as soon as possible gt page 333 Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The AdBlue supply has dropped to the minimum level gt Have the AdBlue tank refilled immediately gt page 333 Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When the message Remaining Starts 20 appears in the multifunction display you can start the engine 20 more times If you do not add AdBlue the engine cannot be started beyond that point Therefore fill the AdBlue tank with Lamps Display messages X Active Headlamps Inoperativ possible X Adaptive Highbeam Assist Inoperativ e possible approximately 1 gal 3 79 1 AdBlue corresponds to approximately 2 refill containers AdBlue or have the AdBlue tank filled at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After AdBlue was refilled the engin
257. e they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result gt With a smooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt outlet gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate into buckle until it clicks Seat belt adjustment function The seat belts on both front seats adjust to the upper body automatically as necessary gt page 51 gt If necessary adjust the seat belt to the correct height gt page 51 gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors to secure child restraints properly For more information on special seat belt retractors see Infant and child restraint systems gt page 56 To release the seat belt with seat belt release button 4 see gt page 51 Seat belt adjustment function The seat belt adjustment function adjusts the seat belts on both front seats to the upper body of the respective vehicle occupant The seat belt will be pulled slightly tighter for that purpose when e you engage the latch plate into the buckle and then turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 e the SmartKey in the starter switch is in position 2 and you then engage the latch plate in the buckle The seat bel
258. e wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid Windshield wipers gt Observe notes on page gt page 104 7 Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity 8 Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity Switching on off Combination switch 1 o Windshield wipers off Slow intermittent wiping Fast intermittent wiping Slow continuous wiping 2 3 4 5 Fast continuous wiping 7 Single wipe amp Wiping with washer fluid gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the combination switch to the desired position depending on the intensity of the rain Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation When you select intermittent wiping the rain sensor is activated The rain sensor sets a suitable wiping interval depending on the wetness of the sensor surface automatically H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical eff
259. ecked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Diesel engine Your fuel tank was driven empty gt After refueling start turn off and restart the engine three or four times in succession The limp home mode is canceled You do not need to have your vehicle checked What to do if eke Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red coolant There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir temperature If this warning lamp comes on frequently there is a leak in the warning lamp cooling system comes on when if the coolant level is correct the electric radiator fan may be the engine is broken running gt Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating gt page 226 gt Have the cooling system checked gt f the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving z The red coolant The coolant temperature has exceeded 248 F 120 C temperature warning lamp comes on when the engine is running and an acoustic warning sounds gt Stop in a safe location as soon as possible and allow the engine and coolant to cool down Practical hints Z Warning Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from Driving when your engine is overheated can other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the cause some fluids which may have leaked into
260. ecome trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding panel without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding panel is blocked during the closing procedure e g by ice or pollution the tilt sliding panel will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel has stopped and opened because it was blocked pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow 8 until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed If the tilt sliding panel is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the tilt sliding panel was blocked and has opened pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow until the tilt sliding panel is fully closed The tilt sliding panel closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the roof panel switch to close the tilt sliding panel immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the tilt sliding panel to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the roof panel switch Synchronizing The tilt sliding panel and roller sunblinds must be synchronized after a malfunction or if the tilt sliding panel does not open smoothly H Do not attempt to open the tilt sliding panel before the tilt sliding panel is properly synchronized The tilt sliding panel could otherwise lock up in the open position If the tilt sliding panel cannot be closed or synchronized c
261. ects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry gt Turn the combination switch to position e OF After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor automatically Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D or reverse gear R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 227 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp c
262. ed please check installation If the By k indicator lamp remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Safety and security Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on availability With the special child seat installed properly the front passenger front air bag will not deploy Be kes indicator lamp will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 The system does not deactivate e the side impact air bag e the pelvis air bag e the window curtain air bag e the Emergency Tensioning Device ETD Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out b gt z Occupant safety If the B indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat More information ca
263. ed on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Low beam headlamps e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see gt page 98 Make sure the exterior lamp switch is set to 20 or A when you switch off the daytime running lamps while driving at night For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 139 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multifunction display Cannot Be Completely Reset to Factory Settings while Driving Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist on or off gt Press button lt or gt Sett menu gt Press button v or a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Adaptive Highbeam Assist function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the to select the Adapt Highbeam gt Press button status Depending on the previous status the Adaptive Highbeam Assist function will be Enabled or Disabled For more information on the Adaptive Highbeam Assist see gt page 100 OK to change the current Switching locator lighting on or off With the Locat
264. edal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The ABS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal The pulsation indicates that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while you feel the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESC are also switched off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may ap
265. edes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only as soon as possible Emergency calls H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information button amp i to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags have deployed An automatically initiated Tele Aid emergency call cannot be canceled Useful features ee An emergency call can also be initiated Initiating an emergency call manually manually gt page 209 Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency Viz such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location gt Briefly press on cover to open Se eas Me a number gt Press SOS button brie
266. eee 118 Transmission position indicator 118 Transmission positions Generator see Alternator Global locking unlocking see Key SmartKey Glove DOK ei sisesecctssecscssseeseisarsciseseciess Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating erreen Halogen headlamps see Headlamps Hard plastic trim items cleaning 265 Hazard warning flasher 101 Headlamp cleaning system 102 Headlamps Active Bi Xenon headlamps 97 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 100 Automatic headlamp mode 98 Bi X NOM serisini 97 319 Cleaning lenses usiri 262 Cleaning SYSteM ccesssevessceess 102 Daytime running lamp mode 98 Delayed shut off ee eeeseeeeeeee 142 Halo gemenner e 319 High beam flasher eese 101 High beam headlamps 06 100 Low beam headlamps sseeee 98 Messages in the multifunction GIS PAY sissivescissccsdecs casessesesdessedeneesice 299 Replacing bulbs 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeee 318 EI E EE TEETE 97 Headliner and shelf below rear window cleaning and care of 266 Head restraints 00 0 0 ee eee eeeeeeeeees 87 ACjUSEMENE 2 205 sccccscctscaeestiees ees 87 89 Comfort head restraint eee 89 Folding DaCK ie cccsstccsccstsasasessesicadseecsses 89 NECK PRO ac
267. eel is in the straight ahead position A Driving systems e the vehicle is standing still and the brake pedal is depressed left foot e the automatic transmission is in drive position D Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Turn the program mode selector dial clockwise gt page 121 until the RS lamp on the dial comes on The message RACE START Confirm Paddle UP Cancel Paddle DOWN appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail LJ When the activation conditions are not fulfilled anymore RACE START is canceled The message RACE START Canceled appears in the multifunction display gt To cancel Pull left steering wheel gearshift control gt page 122 or gt To confirm Pull right steering wheel gearshift control gt page 122 The message RACE START Available Depress gas pedal appears in the multifunction display If you do not depress the accelerator pedal within 2 seconds RACE START is canceled The message RACE START Not Possible See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display gt Depress the accelerator pedal fully The engine speed rises to approximately 4000 rpm The message RACE START Release brake to start appears in the multifunction display If you do not release the brake pedal within 7 seconds RACE START is canceled The message RACE START Canceled appears in the multifunction display gt
268. ef moment until the vehicle has made the necessary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase or decrease the set speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments or in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will brake the vehicle automatically if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down to the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the cruise control lever up to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Decreasing Briefly press the cruise control lever down to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments The set speed value is increased or decreased in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments each time you lift or press the cruise control lever up or down past the resistance point gt Increasing Briefly lift the
269. ehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages PRE SAFE Inoperativ e See Operator s PRE SAFE unc F C Limi S 0 Practical hints _ anual tions urrently ted perator s anual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The PRE SAFE system has failed All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The PRE SAFE Brake is temporarily unavailable The PRE SAFE Brake is deactivated because e the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille is dirty e the area around the sensors in the front or the rear bumper is dirty e its function is impaired as a result of heavy precipitation e the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative due to electromagnetic interference near television and radio transmitter stations toll stations speed measuring systems etc e the system is out of the operating temperature range the battery voltage is insufficient e E 63 AMG only The ESC has been switched off The PRE SAFE Brake becomes operational again and the message in the multifunction display disappears when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the system is within the operating temperature r
270. ehicle will flash A Warning Do not change lanes or make turns while red warning lamp is flashing Doing so could result in an accident and serious injury to yourself and others gt Remain on the lane that you are currently on until traffic conditions permit to change If the turn signal remains on red warning lamp Q will flash to indicate that vehicles have been detected No further audible warnings will sound Driving systems Lane Keeping Assist The Lane Keeping Assist supports you at a vehicle speed of above 40 mph when you have set the display unit to miles in the Display Unit Speed Odometer menu in the control system gt page 141 When you have set the display unit to km the system supports you at a vehicle speed of above 60 km h When the Lane Keeping Assist detects lane markings the system is designed to alert you in case you leave your lane unintentionally A warning is usually issued when a front wheel is on the lane marking An interval vibration in the steering wheel that lasts for up to 1 5 seconds will then alert you P 4 00 2690 2t The Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in front of your vehicle via camera Q The system can distinguish various conditions in order to alert you early enough and to avoid unnecessary warnings when crossing lane markings The warning is issued sooner when e cutting a curve on the outside of the turn e driving on very wide lanes such as highway
271. ell rubber e ESC is intervening continuously e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure only tires marked with MOExtended are mounted in the size specified for your vehicle gt page 353 Sealing tires with TIREFIT This section applies to vehicles that are factory equipped or retrofitted with a TIREFIT kit only gt D A Flat tire Practical hints __ Small tire punctures particularly those in the tread can be sealed with TIREFIT TIREFIT can be used in ambient temperatures down to 4 F 20 C Z Warning TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for cuts or punctures larger than approximately 0 16 in 4 mm and tire damage caused by driving with extremely low tire inflation pressure or on a flat tire or a damaged wheel Do not drive the vehicle under such circumstances Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call Roadside Assistance gt Foreign objects e g screws or nails should not be removed from the tire gt Take the TIREFIT kit the sticker and the electric air pump out of the vehicle max On min gh i Lld3HlL P40 10 5007 31 Two part sticker
272. emote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal transmitter button To program a device using a signal transmitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button 2 or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt Select and press the appropriate integrated signal transmitter button or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory Ifyou sell your veh
273. en turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you start the engine Setting ambient lighting Use this function to adjust the brightness of the ambient lighting gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK to select the to select the gt Press button v or a to select the Ambient Light Brightness function Ambient Light Brightness Controls in detail Fes gt Press button OK gt Press button or a to set the Ambient Light Brightness The settingLevel 1 represents the darkest level and setting Level 5 the brightest level The ambient light is switched off at setting Disabled Switching interior lighting delayed shut off on or off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Press button 4 or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK to select the to select the gt Press button v or a to select the Interior Lighting Delay function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown TA Control system Controls
274. enhanced road contact Select this mode for example on winding highways gt Press damping system switch Q Indicator lamp 4 comes on The Sport driving mode with a firmer suspension tuning is selected The message AMG Suspension System SPORT appears in the multifunction display Sport damping adjustment The very firm chassis and suspension setup in Sport driving mode provides best possible road contact Only select this setting for driving on closed circuits gt Press damping system switch Q until indicator lamps and are on The Sport driving mode is selected The message AMG Suspension System SPORT appears in the multifunction display Comfort damping adjustment Vehicle handling in Comfort driving mode is softer Select this mode when you prefer a more comfortable driving style on straight freeways gt Press damping system switch Q until indicator lamps and are off The Comfort driving mode is selected The message AMG Suspension System COMFORT appears in the multifunction display Storing and calling up settings When you have selected the driving mode Comfort Sport or Sport and the program mode gt page 121 you can store call up and display the settings using AMG button 2 when the engine is running Pressing AMG button when the ignition is switched on displays the current settings only gt Storing Press and hold AMG button until an acoustic signal sounds The current setting
275. ent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehicle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Tires and wheels Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than g in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approximately 1 16 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is in 3 mm The recommended minimum tire tread depth for winter tires is 1 6 in 4 mm Treadwear indicator Q appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash ti
276. equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachusetts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or
277. er Z Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage b gt A Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions E Coolant The coolant is too hot Low Stop gt Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so Vehicle thie gt Turn off the engine immediately Engine Off gt Engage the parking brake gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt f the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Practical hints _ Steam from an overheated engin
278. er end is still attached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the fully charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack Observe the following e Access to the battery is not possible on all vehicles If you cannot access the battery of the other vehicle provide jump start Jump starting power by an external battery or starter pack e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not jump start the engine or charge the battery if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system Such damage will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps Position represents the charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starter pack gt Slide cover Q from positive terminal in direction of arrow H Never invert the terminal connections 22 Vehicles with gasoline engine only e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or running e Should the battery be drained completely let the donating power source charge the vehicle for several minutes before re
279. erall vehicle 57 8 in 1467 mm height Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 62 2 in 1580 mm Track rear 63 0 in 1599 mm Main dimensions E 350 4MATIC Ground clearance 4 1 in 104 mm Turning circle 36 9 ft 11 3 m Weights E 350 4MATIC Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load Vehicle specification E 550 212 072 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 550 max 220 Ib 100 kg Engine type 273 Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection No of cylinders 8 Bore 3 86 in 98 00 mm Stroke 3 56 in 90 50 mm Total piston 338r 2C UNN displacement 5461 cm Compression 10 7 1 ratio Output acc to SAE J 134929 382 hp 6 000 rpm 285 kW 6 000 rpm Maximum torque 391 b ft acc to SAE J 1349 2800 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2 800 4800 rpm Maximum engine speed 6500 rpm 27 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 28 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out 29 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Vehicle specification E 550 4MATIC 212 090 Pah Engine E 550 Firing order 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2392 mm Electrical system E 550 Alternator 14V 180A Starter motor 12 V 1 4 kW Battery 12 V 95 Ah Spark plugs type NGK PLKR 7A Spark plugs 0 031 in 0 8 mm electrode gap Spark pl
280. erve the notes on the jack gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects When your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock it is included with the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 For information on setting up the collapsible wheel chock see gt page 270 When changing a wheel on a level surface gt Place a wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock or other sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so on a hill gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side in front of both wheels on the side opposite to the side on which the wheel is to be changed A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others Flat tire Eas the jack and seriously or fatally injure you or others H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle P40 10 5749 31 gt On the wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts approximately one full turn with wheel wrench 1 The jack take up brackets are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front P40 10 6750 31 of the rear
281. es gt Press button W The following message appears in the multifunction display Use Current Pressures As New Reference Values Press OK to Confirm gt Press button OK The following message appears in the multifunction display Tire Press Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button F or gt Press button A to exit the menu screen When the wheel positions have been changed the inflation pressure of a tire Tires and wheels may be displayed for the wrong position temporarily After driving for a few minutes the inflation pressure will be shown for the correct position Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people ZX Warning that can be in the vehicle and the total B Never exceed the maximum tire inflation weight that can be carried in the vehicle pressure Follow recommended tire inflation It also contains information onthe proper pressures size and recommended tire inflation
282. es avetelertactacess 65 Messages in the multifunction CIS PIA rapie eats 288 289 290 Warning lampessi 309 ETD Emergency Tensioning Device en enti es 52 Safety guidelines secen 39 ETS 4 ETS Electronic Traction System cereias 65 Express operation Panorama rOOf isseire 195 Power WINdOWS ssesssssesssesssssseseetss 105 Tilt sliding sunroof seese 192 Exterior lamp switch eee 97 Exterior rear view mirrors 95 Parking position s cc ssessecasssesteees 95 Exterior view of vehicle 26 Po Fastening the seat belts 50 First aid Kit 2 0 ee eeeeeseeeeeeneeees 268 Flat tite oerrinne 323 Lowering the vehicle eeeee 328 Mounting the spare wheel 323 Preparing the vehicle eee 323 Spare wheel cccs ccesecseees 323 358 TIREFIT tire repair kit 0 329 FIOONIM AUS 5 5450 sas sesceeseesceevezdetetvexeos sees 217 Fluids Automatic transmission fluid 360 Brake uid ssc ssseistscecasscesssscesuslesiadss 361 Capacities oi cc ccc cesccsscececneestess 359 Engine Coolant o ccsccss ccstsssseseesesecess 361 Engine Oil secs cccsssececasvenscesaessnccecncess 360 Power steering fluid oo eee 360 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM eener ie 361 Fog lamps nyess reoi 99 Messages in the multifunction CIS DIAY A E E 300 302 Four wheel drive see All wheel drive 4MATIC Front air bags see Air bags Fro
283. es to be attentive to road weather and traffic conditions and to provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Failure to do so could result in recognizing dangers too late possibly resulting in an accident and serious injury to yourself and others In order for the Blind Spot Assist to function the radar sensors must be switched on and operational When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system gt page 144 Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar sensor system the following functions are deactivated e Blind Spot Assist e BAS PLUS gt page 63 PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 e DISTRONIC PLUS gt page 149 USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Fes Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not ca
284. es to a spinning wheel Vehicles with 4MATIC also transfer more power to the wheel s with traction When you switch off the ESC the ETS 4 ETS is still enabled Safety and security LI Driving safety systems Switching the ESC off or on except E 63 AMG A Warning The ESC should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESC when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESC This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Warning Switch on the ESC immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESC will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch off the ESC e the ESC does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS 4 ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel e the ESC continues to operate when you are braking e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS cannot be activated e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS switch off if activated When the ESC is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spi
285. etween the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information Sign and Drive services USA only Services such as a jump Start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare wheel are obtainable at no charge If the indicator lamp in Roadside Assistance button Q is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system AQA on Information button gt Press and hold Information button Q for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The indicator lamp in Information button Q will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Ca
286. etween the window pane and the door frame and trap it there If there is a risk of entrapment release the switch and pull it to close the window You can also open or close the door windows using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 107 and Convenience closing feature gt page 108 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the door windows until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the door windows for up to 5 minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening closing Press or pull and hold switch C to to the resistance point The corresponding door window moves downward or upward until you release the switch gt Express operation Press or pull switch C to past the resistance point and release The corresponding door window opens or closes completely gt Stopping during express operation Press or pull the respective switch again A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing a door window with greater force or without automatic reversal function If the upward movement of a door window is blocked during the closing procedure the door window will stop and open slightly gt Immediately after the door window has stopped because it was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door w
287. ety notes see page 56 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion Canada only Only use a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle Alllap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for mounting To activate the special seat belt retractor gt Pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked gt Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate the special seat belt retractor gt Release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract completely The seat belt can then again be used in the usual manner To deactivate the special seat belt retractor for the front passenger seat the front passenger seat must be in the most backward position Occupant safety Z Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Information on child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages gt page 58 For information on LATCH type ISOFIX child seat anchors gt page 59 The use
288. evice To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information on diesel fuel pump labeling contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Biodiesel FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Ester containing fuels Mercedes Benz USA approves the use of B5 standard ULSD which may contain a maximum of 5 biodiesel in all Common rail injection CDI and BlueTEC diesel engines Diesel fuels containing a higher percentage of biodiesel e g B20 as well as straight biodiesel may cause severe damage to your engine fuel system and are not approved Please ask your service station personnel for further information If the B5 biodiesel blend is not sufficiently labeled to clearly indicate that it meets the ULSD standard please do not use it The Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty does not cover damages caused by the use of fuels b gt Technical data A Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data e not meeting Mercedes Benz approved fuel standards Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of
289. f effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly H Avoid pulling the vehicle abruptly or diagonally since it could result in damage to the chassis alignment H Do not use the towing eye bolt for recovery as this could damage the vehicle If in doubt recover the vehicle with a crane If the battery is disconnected or discharged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P For more information see Battery gt page 336 or Jump starting gt page 338 Depending on whether you are towing a vehicle or you are being towed the towing eye bolt can be screwed into threaded holes which are located behind covers on each bumper The towing eye bolt is supplied with the vehicle tool kit located underneath the trunk floor gt page 268 gt Take the vehicle tool kit out of the trunk Removing cover in front bumper SE ag WE gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Removing cover in rear bumper Z Warning In order to avoid possible serious burns or injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust pipe is extremely hot P88 20 3213 21 gt Press mark on cover Q as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded h
290. f the engine while the vehicle is in motion Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads Z Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with consider
291. fication E 550 350 Vehicle specification E550 AMATIC ssi schsssecstecrerctececeuceness 351 Vehicle specification E 63 AMG 352 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSTEM sesinin seiss 361 367 Technical data dimensions see Vehicle specification Technical data electrical system see Vehicle specification Technical data engine see Vehicle specification Technical data weights see Vehicle specification Tele Aid si sicectescterncanacacuceniins 207 Emergency Calls sisiraiiiiies 208 Information Dutton eee 210 Initiating an emergency call manually Sst cecsavdcvcstsncneedenssaeceveesects 209 Messages in the multifunction GIS Play secsscecstsccssgetsasesebs testieeeceets 290 Remote door lock ccceeeeeeeees 212 Remote door unlock ssis 211 Roadside Assistance button 210 Search amp Send sseni 211 SOS DUTTON sasssse ceswesestevans eausvevsieey 209 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 212 System self test cccsseseeseeeeeees 208 Telephone oeer 30 Answering ending a call n s 136 Hands free microphone nsss 33 MEMU es cis sas Avseneeeesavedcoassascveanesdvesacee 135 Operation scenes 135 Phone BOOK siss2 cescaused inssscsateeetseeede 136 Redialing cvs cessccesesctescecessescdecess coses 137 Temperature COOlANE sorrisi roria 125 Interior temperature sssssseneessseeee 186 OUTSIDE snis a 126 Tether anchorage points see Children in the vehicle Through loading feature
292. fly eo Sres Senera pa The indicator lamp in SOS button will A ie connection between the Customer flash until the emergency call is concluded Assistance Center and the occupants of the gt Wait for a voice connection to the vehicle will be established automatically soon Cust Assist Ceni after the emergency call has been initiated POA ASSISTANCE VENIEN f The Customer Assistance Center will attempt Close cover Q after the emergency call is to determine the nature of the emergency concluded more precisely provided they can speak to Controls in detail Pea Z Warning an occupant of the vehicle i i If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the Ifno vehicle occupant responds an vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ambulance will be sent to the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please immediately do not wait for voice contact after you have A Warning pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Customer Assistance Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant
293. following gt Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Use the adjustment button on your COMAND system Be sure to check Owner s Online at www mbusa com USA only for more information and a description of all available features System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warning A malfunction in the system has been detected if any or all of the following conditions occur e The indicator lamp in the SOS button does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button R does not come on during the system self test Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand e The indicator lamp in the Information button i does not come on during the system self test e The indicator lamp in the SOS button Roadside Assistance button Aj or Information button amp i remains illuminated constantly in red after the system self test e The message Tele Aid Inoperative or Tele Aid Not Activated appears in the multifunction display after the system self test Ifa malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERC
294. fset formation Controls in detail Fy It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traffic conditions Additionally the driver must provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring systems etc can cause the DISTRONIC PLUS system to temporarily cease functioning A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the DISTRONIC PLUS if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed A Warning Use of the DISTRONIC PLUS can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control b gt Controls in detail pa Driving systems The DISTRONIC PLUS does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use the DISTRONIC PLUS during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet Z Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the DISTRONIC PLUS system sensor covers are dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be
295. ge compartment cover 2 upward in direction of arrow Storage bags Z Warning Storage bags are intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the storage bag In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Storage bags cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Storage bags are located on the back of the front seats Useful features A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equipment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occupants Useful features Age may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle i
296. ges and ESC VBA antiy Inoperativ See Canada Operator s only Manual Release Parking USA only Drele Canada only Check Brake USA only Fluid Level Canada only A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator lamp come on The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the EBP the ESC the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints You are driving with the parking brake engaged In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Release the parking brake There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Risk of accident gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or
297. gh the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If your brake system is only subjected to moderate loads you should occasionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 63 or BAS PLUS gt page 63 High performance brake system and ceramic brake system The high performance brake system and ceramic brake system is only available on E 63 AMG A Warning New vehicle brake pads and disks and replacement brake pads and disks may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly The high performance brake system is designed to operate under the ex
298. gh the windshield procedure The extending or retracting procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing rear window sunshade switch To reverse direction of movement press rear window sunshade Glare through a door window switch again gt Flip sun visor down when you experience glare gt Close vanity mirror cover if opened gt Disengage sun visor Q from mounting gt Pivot sun visor to the side Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 gt Switch on the ignition gt Extending Retracting Press rear window sunshade switch a briefly Controls in detail Ashtrays Center console ashtray A storage compartment is located under the ashtray insert H The storage compartment is not heat proof When smoking always make sure the ashtray insert is present and properly inserted P68 00 6211 31 gt Opening Open cover Q gt page 203 gt Removing ashtray insert Grab ashtray insert 2 on the sides and pull it up and out in the direction indicated by arrows gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray insert back into the frame until it engages gt Closing Tap front of cover Q Rear center console ashtray gt Opening Press at top of cover 2 briefly Cover opens automatically TA Useful features gt Removing ashtray insert Push button to disengage ashtray insert and remove it gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Push ashtray insert Q down into
299. gine and coolant to cool off gt Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 226 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage on major assemblies fuel system and engine mount can be determined gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system These materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Vehicle movement may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or vehicle drivetrain Therefore always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle
300. gnition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The SRS indicator lamp amp in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readiness when the SRS indicator lamp 7 is not lit while the engine is running Z Warning The SRS self check has detected a malfunction when the SRS indicator lamp 7 e does not come on at all e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e comes on after the engine was started or while driving For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury as well In addition improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center USA only
301. gs for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Vehicles with split rear seat bench If you fold down one or both sections of the rear seat backrest the respective front seat is moved forward slightly if necessary to prevent contact with the rear seat backrest gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 4 gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Q You can adjust the contour of the front seat s lumbar support to help enhance support to your spine Head restraint fore and aft adjustment Controls in detail pa gt Curvature position Use button C to move the curvature up and button to move it down gt Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion to the desired position Degree of curvature Use button to lessen the curvature and button to Comfort head restraint increase it Z Warning When folding back the side cushions never reach between the side cushion and the mounting post You could otherwise be A Warning trapped For safet
302. gs repaired This will help to make sure the air bags will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm e Air bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced PRE SAFE has electrically operated reversible pre tensioners in addition to the pyrotechnic ETDs e Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts e Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection e No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS Occupant safety E e Do no change or remove any component or part of the SRS e Do not install additiona
303. h increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The NECK PRO active front head restraints will move forward and up whether the seats are occupied or not Z Warning Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints may not be able to function properly or offer the intended degree of protection they were designed for in the event of a rear end collision A Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints and or the deployment of the front side impact air bags or pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability When the NECK PRO active front head restraints have been triggered in an accident the NECK PRO active front head restraints must be reset Otherwise the NECK PRO active front head restraints cannot offer any additional protection in the event of another rear end collision For information on resetting the activated NECK PRO active front head restraints see Resetting activated head restraints gt page 316 You cannot remove the NECK PRO active front head restraints A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it i
304. h vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation ea The maximum tire load rating Q is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 246 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 238 Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel a Tires and wheels Operation 2 MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 232 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 233 Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics e g winter tires you should also equip your vehicle with a TIR
305. he area in front of your vehicle via camera Q Switching on or off Controls in detail Fy You can only switch on the Night View Assist Plus if e the SmartKey in the starter switch is set to position 2 e it is dark e the exterior lamp switch is set to A or zD e the automatic transmission is not in reverse gear R gt Switch on the COMAND system gt Press button 4 The Night View Assist Plus image appears in the COMAND system display For information on how to adjust the brightness of the COMAND system display refer to the separate COMAND system operating instructions b gt Driving systems Controls in detail E The infrared headlamps only come on above a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h Therefore when you are at a standstill you do not have a complete view and cannot check the function of the Night View Assist Plus Pedestrian detection The Night View Assist Plus detects pedestrians by means of specific characteristics e g a human silhouette Pedestrian detection is activated when e the Night View Assist Plus is switched on e the vehicle speed is above approximately 6 mph 10 km h e driving in darkness e g on highways without road lighting Night View Assist Plus image Detected pedestrian Frame Symbol for active pedestrian detection When pedestrian detection is active symbol appears in the Night View Assist Plus image Once
306. he front passenger seat Zp eso Therefore the front passenger front air bag is switched off The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated gt page 47 Canada only Ah The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp does not illuminate or does not remain illuminated with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the passenger seat PASS Jain Bac OFF The system is malfunctioning when there is no BabySmart child seat installed on the front passenger seat gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat gt page 58 If the front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired What to do if aes Practical hints ah Unlocking locking manually Practical hints Problem USA only BR eestor The front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passenger seat
307. he message ESC OFF appears in the multifunction display A Warning When the ESC OFF warning lamp amp is on the ESC is switched off When the ESC warning lamp A and the ESC OFF warning lamp amp are on continuously the ESC is not operational due to a malfunction When the ESC is switched off or not operational vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESC H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESC switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Switching on With the engine running press ESC switch Q briefly The ESC OFF warning lamp _ amp in the instrument cluster goes out The message ESC ON appears in the multifunction display PRE SAFE Brake The PRE SAFE Brake is available in vehicles equipped with DISTRONIC PLUS The PRE SAFE Brake can assist you in minimizing the risk of a rear end collision with a vehicle in front of you The PRE SAFE Brake may also reduce the severity of an accident At speeds above approximately 20 mph 30 km h it will issue a warning when your vehicle is approaching the preceding vehicle very quickly An intermittent acoustic warning sounds and the distance warning lamp A in the instrumen
308. he seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced Also the seat belt anchoring points must be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts Z Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only protect when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident e Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times
309. he valve cap from the valve of the collapsible tire gt Unscrew the valve insert from the valve using the valve extractor integrated in the valve cap gt Allow the air to escape It may take a few minutes for the collapsible tire to deflate completely gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back onto the valve gt Take the protective wrap from the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 gt Pull the protective wrap over the spare wheel gt Place the spare wheel into the spare wheel well Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Notes Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using OK or on the multifunction steering wheel gt page 126 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Other messages of high priority and messages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using OK or They are then stored in the vehicle status message memory gt page 139 Remember that clearing a message will
310. he vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2425 21 Lock button Unlock button for trunk lid a Unlock button 00O USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Factory setting gt Global unlocking Press button Unless you open a door or
311. heck The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is significantly Tire below the reference value Pressure gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 323 A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc What to do if When you switch on the ignition all lamps in the instrument cluster come on The low Lamps in instrument cluster beam headlamp indicator lamp high beam headlamp indicator lamp turn signal indicator lamps and the indicator lamps for If any of the following lamps in the instrument the fog lamps will only come on if activated cluster fails to come on during the bulb self If a lamp in
312. hen leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be operated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the memory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned by these parts A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment or trunk unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Infant and child restraint systems Observe Saf
313. herefore cover the filler hose e g by inserting it into the plastic bag the TIREFIT kit was packed in gt Drive off immediately A Warning Do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instrument cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics of a TIREFIT repaired tire may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt After driving the vehicle for an initial 10 minutes check the tire inflation pressure using the pressure gauge A Warning If tire inflation pressure has fallen below 20 psi 1 3 bar do not continue to drive the vehicle Park your vehicle safely away from the roadway and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assistance Have the damaged tire replaced If the tire inflation pressure is at least 20 psi 1 3 bar inflate or deflate the tire to the correct tire inflation pressure see Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar oo F P4030 363 31 Version 2 gt To increase tire inflation pressure Switch on the electric air pump gt To decrease tire inflation pressure Version 1 Open vent screw on pressure gauge 11 gt page 331 Version 2 Press yellow deflate button located in air pump housing next to pressure gauge Q gt Drive to the nearest qualified workshop e g an author
314. hild The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e USA only Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat USA only For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Always make sure the By ke indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehic
315. horized Mercedes Benz Center running and at operating temperature the or visit www mbusa com USA only engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level The message will be stored in the vehicle status message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service station to refill your engine oil to the required level Display messages m i Fuel Level Low Ultra Low sulfur Diesel Fuel Only Gas Cap Loose Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel level is low gt Refuel at the next gas station The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station Vehicles with diesel engine only The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station gt Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaking gt Check the fuel cap gt page 220 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Hav
316. hose installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar It provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Supplemental information pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Tires and wheels a Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Operation P Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the
317. ht View Assist Plus camera is located in front of the interior rear view mirror A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others stop before trying to remove window fogging or cleaning the window in front of the Night View Assist Plus camera Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is b gt ZA Vehicle care covering a distance of 44 feet approximately Cleaning the windows and the wiper 14 m every second blades H Never open the hood when the wiper arms H Do not clean the lens of the Night View are folded forward Assist Plus camera If the camera lens is dirty please contact an authorized Z Warning Mercedes Benz Center For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Make L sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Operation ER l H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts e They could tear i P 5 gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place gt Use recessed handle Q of cameracoverto gt Clean the windshield and the wiper blade swing camera cover downward inserts with a clean cloth
318. iately The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside e the trunk is opened with the emergency release button To cancel the alarm after it has been triggered see Canceling the alarm gt page 73 If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds the Tele Aid system initiates a call to the Customer Assistance Center automatically The Tele Aid system will initiate the call provided that e you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service e the Tele Aid service has been activated properly e the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS coverage are available gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic warning sounds three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times and the acoustic warning does not sound three times a door or the trunk may not be properly closed Close the respective element gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once and an acoustic warning sounds once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed Anti theft systems Unless you opena door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be lo
319. iator for example with a winter front Otherwise the readings of the on board diagnostic system may be inaccurate Some of theses readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times Winter tires Z Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 6 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare wheel replaced by a regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 4 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESC in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same m
320. icantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked at least once a month when cold Inflate the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or e the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The recommended tire inflation pressures for your vehicle can be found on e the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 237 e the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressures are not listed in the Operator s Manual A Warning The tire pressure loss warning system does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire pressure loss warning system does not replace regular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than one tire cannot be detected by the tire pressure loss warning system The tire pressure loss warning system is not
321. ice is required gt Switch on the ignition The standard display of the control system appears gt page 129 gt Press button lt 4 or gt onthe multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press button jor a ASSYST PLUS gt Press button OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The maintenance service indicator display with the maintenance service deadline appears in the multifunction display to select If the battery was disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator display Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz H If the maintenance service indicator was reset inadvertently have an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen
322. icle erase the codes of all three channels gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons and for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz Put a new battery in hand held remote control 6 This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a stronger and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control 6 at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmit
323. ifunction display see Menus and submenus gt page 129 E 63 AMG The lower part of the multifunction display will vary from the the multifunction display shown For more information see gt page 118 Control system Hise Menus and submenus Controls in detail pn Ph4 42 7922 21 Function The following information is available e Standard display gt page 129 _ Trip menu gt page 129 e Fuel consumption statistics since start AMG menu gt page 131 gt page 130 Navi menu gt page 134 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset Be audi a gt page 130 enu gt polo menu BAE e Resetting values gt page 130 Tel menu gt page 135 e Remaining driving range and current fuel Assistance menu gt page 137 consumption gt page 131 o Service menu gt page 138 e Digital Speedometer gt page 131 Settings menu gt page 139 Standard display Trip menu Inthe Trip menu you can show an additional display for the speedometer and call up or reset your vehicle s statistical data In the standard display the trip odometer and the main odometer appear in the multifunction display 12 AMG vehicles only b gt Control system Controls in detail ee If another display appears instead of the standard display gt Press button lt or gt Trip menu or gt Press button amp repeatedly until the standard display appears or gt
324. igned to provide increased protection for the pelvis Pelvis air bags are deployed e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e on the impacted side of the vehicle e independently of whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Vehicles with OCS USA only Front passenger pelvis air bag Q will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened With the front passenger seat empty and the seat belt fastened front passenger pelvis air bag will deploy independently of the empty seat Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is properly inserted into the buckle Pelvis air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold Pelvis air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for pelvis air bags 4 A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags and or pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Window curtain air bags Observe Safety notes see page 37
325. impaired Always pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured Z Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Z Warning Close attention to road and traffic conditions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated Use of the DISTRONIC PLUS can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The DISTRONIC PLUS will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The DISTRONIC PLUS will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the DISTRONIC PLUS will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The DISTRONIC PLUS is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance from moving objects in front of it The DISTRONIC
326. in detail p A Interior Lighting Delay gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the interior lighting delayed shut off feature will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Sett menu Use the Vehicle submenu to switch the automatic central locking or the radar sensors on or off Switching automatic central locking on or off Use this function to switch the automatic central locking on or off With the automatic central locking activated the vehicle is locked centrally at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button or a Vehicle submenu gt Press button OK to select the to select the gt Press button v or a to select the Automatic Door Lock function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown Automatic Door Lock gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Automatic Door Lock feature will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Switching the radar sensors on or off If your vehicle is equipped with DISTRONIC PLUS it is equipped with a radar sensor system which you can switch on or off When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system Canadian law does not permit the use
327. in the vehicle one SmartKey outside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey behind when exiting and locking the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Possibility 2 One SmartKey in the vehicle no SmartKey outside the vehicle When exiting and trying to lock the vehicle the message Key Detected in Vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle will not be locked Factory setting gt Global unlocking Grasp an outside door handle Unless you open a door or the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed gt Global locking Touch outside of a door handle Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey Grasping the driver s outside door handle will then only unlock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons g and simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 79 flashes twice KEYLESS GO will then function as follows Locking and unlocking gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasp the driver s outside door handle gt Global unlocking Grasp any outside door handle other than the driver s outside door handle gt Global locking Touch outside of a door handle P80 35 2416 31 gt
328. ind out when your vehicle is next due for maintenance service to call up statistical data on your vehicle and much more A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximately 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by using the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Control system 127 P gt Multifunction display Press button to end a call to reject an incoming call to answer a call to dial to redial to mute YD a Press button to set the volume to operate the RACETIMER Press button we to activate the Voice Control System Press button briefly i to cancel the Voice Control System to go back to confirm messages 9 Function only available in telephone menu 10 AMG vehicles only Press and hold button 5 to select the standard display Press button to call up line for me
329. indow is fully closed The door window closes with greater force If the door window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the door window was blocked pull and hold the respective switch upward until the door window is fully closed The door window closes without automatic reversal function A Warning Pulling and holding the switch to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door window to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the switch Synchronizing door windows The door windows must be synchronized if they cannot be fully closed express operation Each door window must be synchronized separately gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull and hold switch or gt page 106 until the respective door window is closed The door window opens again slightly Closing when a door window is blocked gt Pull and hold the respective switch once more immediately until the door window is closed completely gt Hold the respective switch for approximately 1 second The door window is synchronized Summer opening feature When the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simultaneously e opening the door windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e opening the panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel and roller sunblinds e switching on the seat ventilation for th
330. ine If you switch on the residual heat function when outside temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on REST gt Deactivating Press button The indicator lamp above the button goes out The residual heat is deactivated automatically REST e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops ZONE function The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually Dual zone automatic climate control gt Activating Press button zone rocker switch gt page 181 or rocker switch gt page 183 The indicator lamp above button zone comes on The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually gt Deactivating Press button zone The indicator lamp above the button goes out The temperature can be adjusted for all zones via the driver s side settings 3 zone automatic climate control gt Activating Press button zone The indicator lamp above the button comes on The temperature can be adjusted for each zone individually gt Deactivating Press button zone The indicator lamp above the button goes out The temperature can be adjusted for all zones via the driver s side settings Rear window defroster
331. ing When opening the filler cap of the AdBlue tank ammonia gas vapors may escape Refill AdBlue in a well ventilated area only Ammonia gas vapors have a pungent odor and are particularly irritating for your skin mucous membranes and eyes Inhaling ammonia gas vapors will cause burning eyes nose and throat as well as coughing and watering eyes H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not add additives to AdBlue and do not dilute AdBlue with water Otherwise the BlueTEC exhaust gas aftertreatment system could be damaged Damage caused by using additives or diluting with water are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue or remove AdBlue with a moist cloth and cold water immediately If AdBlue has crystallized already use cold water and a sponge AdBlue residues will crystallize and soil the affected surfaces H AdBlue is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the diesel fuel tank If AdBlue reaches the diesel fuel tank the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty AdBlue diesel engine only For more information on AdBlue see gt page 364 The AdBlue filler neck is located in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the trunk gt page 81 gt Lift the trunk floor gt page 268 gt Unscrew the dust cap from AdBlue
332. ing closing system gt Pull remote trunk opening switch Q until the trunk begins to open If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 85 Z Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death A Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around A Observe Safety notes see page 56 Do not leave the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously locked centrally with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the trunk lid will lock automatically when closed All turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic signal sounds three times to confirm locking Closing the trunk from the outside manually E s d Bie 222 gt Lower trunk lid by pulling on handle Q or handle 2 firmly gt Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunk lid Closing the trunk from the inside automatically A Warning Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the trunk lid with the door mounted switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure release the door mou
333. into motion You can open a locked front door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors are designed to unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at a vehicle speed of above 9 mph 15 km h You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand gt Switching off Press and hold central unlocking switch Q until an acoustic signal sounds gt Switching on Press and hold central locking switch until an acoustic signal sounds if you press and hold either switch and no acoustic signal sounds the respective setting has already been selected You can also switch on or off the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 144 Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from the inside using the central locking or unlocking switch This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking or unlocking switch does not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap Locking and unlocking gt Locking Press central locking switch When all doors are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch 1 You can open a locked front door from the inside Open door only
334. ion Center air vents Left center air vent adjustable Right center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable right center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left center air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheels and upward or downward Climate control system Controls in detail e Side air vents Example illustration driver s side Left side defroster air vent fixed Left side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel upward or downward Ventilated glove box The glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents when the climate control system is activated The level of airflow to the glove box depends on the airflow and air distribution settings The temperature of the air is approximately the same as that of the air flowing from the center air vents H Close the glove box air vent when heating the vehicle interior Activate the air conditioning cooling function when the outside temperature is high Otherwise temperature sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged Thumbwheel Air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 1 clockwise or counterclockwise Rear center console air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for rear center air vents Right rear center air vent adjustable Rea
335. ion with the tire pressure loss warning system gt page 232 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 233 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 50 miles 80 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving distance in emergency mode begins is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h 20 Canada only Flat tire Ea A Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such situations as e driving around curves e while braking e while accelerating rapidly Therefore your driving style must be adapted accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance can be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Practical hints mi Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you sm
336. ions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 139 The number of menus available in the system depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Using the control system gt To select a menu Press button lt q or gt gt To select a submenu Press button Vv or a gt To go to the next higher menu level Press button lt 3 gt To select the standard display Press button repeatedly until the standard display featuring the odometer and speedometer appears or gt Press and hold button until the standard display featuring the trip odometer and the main odometer appears gt To confirm selection Press button OK gt To confirm display message Press button OK or s The control system saves certain display messages Calling up display messages gt page 139 For information about warning and malfunction messages appearing in the multifunction display gt page 272 Multifunction display 725 F Aao Text field Line for main menus Automatic transmission program mode indicator Transmission position gear range indicator Outside temperature indicator additional speedometer Settings functions submenus as well as any malfunctions appear in the text field For more information on menus displayed in the mult
337. ious settings are once again in effect The cooling remains switched on The air recirculation remains switched off or gt Press button The indicator lamp above button goes out Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically or gt Dual zone automatic climate control Press rocker switch or 4D gt page 181 up or down 3 zone automatic climate control Press rocker switch 0 or gt page 183 up or down AUTO Maximum cooling MAX COOL MAX COOL is only available in U S vehicles MAX COOL is only operational when the engine is running You can use this setting to provide the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof or tilt sliding panel are closed gt Activating Press button Ma The indicator lamp above the button comes on The climate control switches automatically to the following functions e maximum cooling e maximum blowing power e the air recirculation mode is switched on gt Deactivating Press button a amp again The indicator lamp above the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the pas
338. ir bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Canada only Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat There is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibil
339. is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see the Practical hints section gt page 329 USA only Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Using tires other than those approved Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption by b gt Technical data se is and tes inflation pressure information for special driving situations see gt page 229 Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire Please keep in mind that the vehicle must Technical data E deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center The Tire and Loading Information placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures for cold tires is located on the driver s door B pillar Supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle
340. ise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of children For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Technical data E 7A Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data E Engine with oil filter Automatic transmission Front axle Rear axle Transfer case Power steering Model E 350 E 350 BlueTEC E 350 4MATIC E 550 E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG E 350 E 350 BlueTEC E 550 E 350 4MATIC E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG 8 E 350 4MATIC E 550 4MATIC E 350 E 350 BlueTEC E 550 E 350 4MATIC E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG E 350 4MATIC E 550 4MATIC All models except E 63 AMG E 63 AMG 47 Engine with oil cooler 48 Automatic transmission with oil cooler 49 AMG vehicles with differential lock Capacity 8 5 US qt 8 0 I 9 0 US qt 8 5 1 9 3 US qt 8 8 1 9 5 US qt 9 01 10 5 US qt 9 9 1 9 3 US qt 8 8 1 0 63 US gt 0 6 1 1 2 US gt 1 11 1 3 US qt 1 21 1 1 US gt 1 01 1 3 US gt 1 21 0 74 US qt 0 7 I approx 0 95 US qt 0 9 1 3 US qt 1 21 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB Automatic Transmission Fluid Hypoid gear oil Hypoid gear oil Fuchs Titan EG 5010 D Castrol SAF XJ MB Automatic Transmission Fluid MB Power Steering
341. isplay 259 Service indicator message 258 Service term exceeded s s s sss 259 Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps seeeeeeeeees 98 Manual shift program a 122 Maximum engine speed see Vehicle specification Maximum loaded vehicle weight 250 Maximum load rating tires 250 Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure 0 0 0 0 cece 251 Mechanical key see Key Mechanical Media interface ececeeee 201 Memory function eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 96 Menus see Control system menus Minispare wheel see Spare wheel NUT 0 i ereereeerrerceneeeereereecerrt tree errr 94 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 95 Exterior rear view mirror parking POSION oenn tel eet 95 Exterior rear view mirrors 95 Interior rear view Mirror sesse 94 Memory UNCON ssscssissssesssisiiprassssss 96 Vanity MIrrr oe eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 205 MOExtended system eee 329 MOExtended tires 329 353 MON Motor Octane Number 363 Motor Octane Number see MON Multifunction display 0 128 Symbol messages ssec 287 Text m ssage Sunnu 274 Vehicle status messages 272 Multifunction display messages ABS sirsenis an 288 289 Active headlamps ssis 299 Advanced TPMS nsss 285 Air Dagsa renn eee 276 Air fte ssesxteccscvesestestattedvedeoeceiets2 299 AIRMATIC sosesc 292 Alternator
342. isplay messages T it Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle Replace Key Battery Key Not Detected message appears in red Key Not Detected message appears in red Key Not Detected message appears in white Remove SET Button and Insert Key Check Washer Fluid Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The SmartKey in the starter switch does not belong to the vehicle gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 317 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehicle gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be locked centrally nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because there is strong radio frequency interference gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch gt page 86 gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is momentarily not detected gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle gt If necessary remove the KEYLESS GO button from the starter switch
343. istics may be impaired ambient light conditions If you must continue to drive do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible i i The coolant temperature gauge is located on The language setting for the multifunction the right side in the instrument cluster display can be changed via COMAND see gt page 28 separate operating instructions A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause e switch on the ignition serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down The instrument cluster is activated when you e open the driver s door e switch on the exterior lamps During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C i e close to the red zone of the temperature gauge b gt TA Control system Controls in detail L H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C i e in the
344. ith OCS USA only The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of the front passenger front air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deployment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if e vehicles with OCS USA only the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the front passenger seat is occupied e the B e indicator lamp in the center console is not lit USA only gt page 43 Canada only gt page 46 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold H Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 lb 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Knee bag Knee bag 3 is designed to provide increased protection for the driver against the risk of injuries to the knees thighs and lower legs Knee bag 8 is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to o
345. ity of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 2 Always wear seat belts properly Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain e frontal impacts front air bags and driver s side knee bag e side impacts side impact air bags pelvis air bags and window curtain air bags if the system determines the need for air bag deployment e rollovers window curtain air bags Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passengers to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air ba
346. ized Mercedes Benz Center to have the damaged tire replaced gt Recommended duration of use A maximum of 300 miles 500 km at 50 mph 80 km h or below with the recommended tire inflation pressure gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to obtain a new TIREFIT kit gt Bring used TIREFIT materials to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper disposal gt Replace your TIREFIT container every 4 years Replacement containers are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Bleeding the fuel system diesel engine only Driving the vehicle until the fuel tank is empty is not recommended Otherwise air may be sucked into the fuel system If this happens the malfunction indicator lamp 3 comes on and the engine may not start immediately after refueling the vehicle After refueling gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt Do not depress the accelerator gt If necessary remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 for at least 10 seconds gt Return the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold it there for a maximum of 10 seconds or until the engine runs surge free If the engine does not start gt
347. ke and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly Z Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected Driving and parking E immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Automatic transmission Controls in detail Pay Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission Button for selecting park position P Park position Reverse gear Neutral position Drive position N FZ n Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission E 63 AMG Button for selecting park position P Park position R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position v For more information see Automatic transmission gt page 114 b gt Controls in detail Driving and parking gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P The transmission position indicator in the multifunction display should be on P gt page 118 With SmartKey gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Gasoline engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter
348. ked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Customer Assistance Center and pull the trunk lid handle for a minimum of 20 seconds until the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only b gt Useful features Pie Controls in detail Pea A Useful features Controls in detail L The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command If the trunk lid handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the trunk lid handle again Remote door lock If you have forgotten to lock your vehicle and are no longer near it you can have it locked remotely through the Customer Assistance Center The vehicle can be remotely locked within four days after the ignition has been switched off gt Contact the Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 USA only or 1 888 923 8367 Canada only You will be asked to provide your password When you are inside your vehicle the
349. l trim material seat covers badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims Do not install additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Safety and security Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may be thrown around in the vehicle and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is deployed Airbag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the possibility of b gt Poe Occupan
350. lamp ESC warning lamp Distance warning lamp Right turn signal indicator lamp Seat belt telltale Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Page 308 110 99 99 100 308 309 100 307 308 0 amp P54 32 7914 31 Function Engine malfunction indicator lamp Brake warning lamp Canada only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA only Low tire pressure telltale Canada only Coolant temperature warning lamp Brake warning lamp USA only Antilock Brake System ABS indicator lamp High beam headlamp indicator lamp Page 310 306 233 312 233 312 311 306 305 100 Vehicles without DISTRONIC PLUS Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running en Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel E Function Page Low beam headlamp indicator lamp 97 ESC SPORT warning lamp 67 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 310 Function Page Multifunction display 128 Press button or to set the volume 134 Press button g to end a call 136 to reject an incoming call 136 Press button to answer a call 136 to dial 136 to redial 137 Press button J to mute Press button ud to activate the Voice Control System 2 Function only available in te
351. lamps come on automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on additionally When ambient light is bright When the SmartKey is in starter switch position 1 or when the KEYLESS GO start stop button has been pressed once all lamps are off When the engine is running the daytime running lamps come on automatically When the low beam headlamps are switched on the green indicator lamp 2 in the instrument cluster comes on Once the low beam headlamps are on the high beam headlamps are also available Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default 5 When the parking lamps are on the tail lamps the license plate lamps the side marker lamps and the instrument cluster illumination are also on 6 USA only The daytime running lamp mode must be activated via the control system gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Switching daytime running lamp mode on or off USA only gt page 141 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A When the engine is running and the ambient light is bright the daytime running lamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Low beam headlamps e Parking lamps D inthe W e green indica
352. lanes e the system recognizes dividing lines because crossing them is often crucial due to soft shoulders or guardrails behind for example The warning is issued later however when e driving on narrow lanes e cutting a curve on the inside of the turn b gt 177 Controls in detail p Driving systems Controls in detail J The system does not issue a warning when e steering braking or accelerating in a clearly active manner e g when changing lanes passing exiting a highway e cutting a narrow curve e making a very sharp turn e a driving safety system such as the ABS the BAS or the ESC has been activated When setting the turn signal in either direction the warning will be suppressed The system will issue a warning if a turn signal has been on for an extended period of time A Warning The Lane Keeping Assist does not keep the vehicle in the lane The Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid to the driver and may not always recognize lane markings properly or fail to recognize them at all The system may be impaired or unavailable when e visibility is poor e g due to snow rain fog or heavy spray e oncoming traffic sun glare or reflection from other vehicles e the camera area of the windshield is dirty foggy or otherwise obstructed e lane markings are not present e lane markings are worn dark or covered e g by snow or dirt the distance to the preceding vehicle is too short e when
353. lant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C Z Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove the cap on the coolant expansion tank if the coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow the engine to cool down before removing the cap The coolant expansion tank contains hot fluid and is under pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts gt Using a rag slowly open cap a approximately turn counterclockwise to relieve excess pressure gt Continue turning cap C counterclockwise and remove it Engine compartment The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant reaches marking bar in coolant expansion tank e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Screw cap Q back on and tighten it For more information on coolant see the Technical data se
354. lation Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equipment H Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off H Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice Do not depress the brake pedal gt Version 1 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 358 decrease tire pressure using the vent screw on air hose gt Version 2 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 358 decrease tire pressure using deflate button A Observe Safety notes see page 231 gt Detach the electric air pump gt Reinstall collapsible tire valve cap gt Version 1 only Store electrical plug and ai
355. le to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result b gt Safety and security 4 F Occupant safety Safety and security La e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so make sure the 8 sso indicator lamp is illuminated indigating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the 8 e o indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the 3 k indicator lamp while driving to make sure the Be k indicator lamp is illuminated If the 3 indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired
356. leaning system gt page 102 Problems with wipers H If anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediately For safety reasons do the following before attempting to remove any blockage e Stop the vehicle in a safe location e Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch e Engage the parking brake e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position eee OF ecee e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Power windows Opening and closing The door windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all door windows are located on the driver s door control panel b gt Power windows fee Controls in detail Fe a Power windows Controls in detail Ll The switches for the respective door windows are located on the front passenger door and on the rear doors Operating the rear door windows from the rear is not possible when you activate the override switch gt page 60 Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Wa
357. lephone menu 3 Function only available in vehicles with Voice Control System Function Press button briefly to go to the next higher menu level to confirm display message to cancel the Voice Control System Press and hold button 5 to select the standard display Press button lt or gt to call up line for menus to scroll to the left or right to select menus Press button a or Vv briefly to select submenus to scroll up or down through lists to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Audio menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Tel menu Press and hold button amp or wv to select previous or next track or scene with quick search or to select previous or next station in waveband if no station list is available within Audio menu to start the quick search in the phone book within Tel menu Page 128 128 128 128 128 134 135 128 134 135 Multifunction steering wheel Function Press button OK to confirm selection or message to switch to the phone book to dial a selected phone number 3 Function only available in vehicles with Voice Control System 2 Function only available in telephone menu Page 128 135 136 At a glance Fy en 32 Center console Center console IOI Function Hazard warning flasher switch Alar
358. ll sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into park position P or the parking brake is engaged Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P or the parking brake is engaged Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system switches on automatically when the ignition is switched gt Switching off Press Parktronic switch 1 Indicator lamp comes on gt Switching on Press Parktronic switch again When you switch the Parktronic system on or off the Parking Guidance gt page 168 is also switched on or off Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronic system if only the red distance segments illuminate and an acoustic warning sounds The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp in Parktronic switch Q comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush Another cause could be in
359. ll the bulb out of bulb socket 2 gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 High beam halogen headlamps only or Corner illuminating lamp Bi Xenon headlamps only E pg2 30 6322 21 Replacing bulbs IR emitter lamp bulb Night View Assist Plus gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket 2 counterclockwise and pull it out gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket into the housing and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 Parking and standing lamp bulb halogen headlamps only P82 10 6333 31 gt Driver s side only Release the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320 gt Turn housing cover Q counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull out bulb socket 2 gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Insert the new bulb into bulb socket 2 gt Insert bulb socket gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Driver s side only Fix the washer fluid reservoir gt page 320
360. ll will appear in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAVI button on the COMAND system Spoken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more If the indicator lamp in Information button CQ is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Customer Assistance Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Cal Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button the multifunction steering wheel
361. loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with the vehicle For information on recommended tire inflation pressure and supplemental tire be equipped e with wheels of identical dimensions on each axle left and right e with tires of identical characteristics all around i e summer tires winter tires all season tires or MOExtended tires etc The following pages also list the approved rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicle with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may require the purchase of rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires This depends on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center iiss ENG tires 5 Same size tires 1 7a wheels 1 7 wheels 1 7AN wheels 35 USA only Rims light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Winter tires 739 Rims light alloy
362. luster display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 141 e Permanent display speed display or outside temperature gt page 141 Selecting speedometer display mode gt Press lt or gt to select the Sett menu gt Press button jor a Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button v or a to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer function The current setting is shown to select the Display Unit Speed Odometer gt Press button OK to change the setting Depending on the previous setting the Display Unit Speed Odometer will be set to miles or km The selected display unit is valid for e Odometer and trip odometer e Trip computer e Digital speedometer in the trip menu e Cruise control e Navigation displays Permanent display You can use the Permanent Display function to choose to display either the outside temperature or the speed in kilometers USA or miles Canada permanently gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button or a to select the Permanent Display function The current setting is shown to select the to select the gt Press button OK status Depending on the
363. ly resulting in an accident and serious injury to yourself and others When driving in a very narrow lane the sensors may detect and display vehicles in the second lane over This will be the case if there are vehicles driving on the inside edge of their lane The system may issue causeless warnings in the area of guardrails or similar structural boundaries The two Blind Spot Assist sensors are built into the rear bumper Make sure that the area of the bumper around the sensors is free of dirt ice and snow The radar sensors must not be obstructed for example by bicycle carriers or overhanging luggage H In the event of a significant impact or damage affecting the bumpers have the radar sensors checked by a qualified specialist workshop such as a Mercedes Benz Center Failure to do this can result in Blind Spot Assist not functioning correctly Indicator and warning lamps N Exterior rear view mirror driver s side gt Make sure that the radar sensors gt page 144 and Blind Spot Assist gt page 138 are switched on gt Switch on the ignition Red warning lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors come on gt Start the engine Yellow indicator lamps Q in the exterior rear view mirrors come on up to a speed of 20 mph 30 km h Above a speed of 20 mph 30 km h yellow indicator lamps go out and the Blind Spot Assist is active If the Blind Spot Assist detects a vehicle in its range red warni
364. m fuse box cover gt Opening Release wire 2 from fuse box cover gt Move aside wire 2 Route wire behind connection to do this gt Release clamps Q gt Closing Make sure the sealing rubber is positioned properly gt Press fuse box cover down and secure with clamps Q gt Fasten wire 2 on fuse box cover H The fuse box cover must be properly positioned as described Otherwise moisture or dirt could enter the fuse box and possibly impair fuse operation gt Close the hood after checking or replacing fuses Vehicle equipment 005 346 Parts service cee 346 Warranty coverage eeeeee 346 Identification labels 346 Vehicle specification E 350 25025056 eae ee AA 348 Vehicle specification E 350 Blue TIEG 21122020 erence AER 348 Vehicle specification E 350 AMATIC 2122087 r 349 Vehicle specification E 550 212 072 Pee cere 350 Vehicle specification E 550 AMATIGI 2 122090 erences eee 351 Vehicle specification E 63 AMG 212 O77 eaten ET E AN 352 Rims anditires e 353 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 359 Technical data Technical data LJ Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Parts service All
365. m may not work properly SRS ___ gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized alfunctio Mercedes Benz Center n Service Required Ly Rear Components of the right rear passenger s supplemental Right SRS restraint system may not work properly alfunctio Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Left Side The left window curtain air bag may not work properly Curtain gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Airbag Mercedes Benz Center alfunctio n Service Required Ly Right The right window curtain air bag may not work properly Side i gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Curtain Mercedes Benz Center Airbag Mal functio n Service Required A Warning Center immediately to have the system In the event a malfunction of the SRS is checked Otherwise the SRS may not be indicated as outlined above the SRS may not activated when needed in an accident which be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Practical hints Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Driving systems Display messages SSS Vehicle Rising Vehicle Rising Please Wait Pull Over Car Too Low Pull Over Car Too Low Mal functi
366. m system indicator lamp Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada only Electronic Stability Control system ESC switch COMAND system see separate operating instructions Seat heating switch Seat ventilation switch Parktronic system deactivation switch 72 43 314 46 314 65 92 92 168 P68 20 4147 31 Function Rear seat head restraints switch folding down Rear window sunshade switch Dual zone automatic climate control 3 zone automatic climate control Canada only Rear window defroster Storage compartment Ashtray Cup holder Damping system switch Vehicle level control switch Storage compartment Program mode selector switch COMAND controller see separate operating instructions Page 89 205 181 183 191 201 206 203 163 163 201 120 Overhead control panel Function Rear interior lighting on off Automatic interior lighting control Right reading lamp on off Roof panel switch Information button Tele Aid system SOS button Tele Aid system Interior rear view mirror 1G 00 Integrated electronic compass 4 See separate operating instructions Page 103 103 103 192 125 210 209 94 216 Overhead control panel P amp 2 00 2738 41 Function Page Garage door opener 212 Hands free micr
367. matic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors gt When taking the vehicle through an automatic conveyor type car wash Make sure the automatic transmission remains in neutral position N Observe instructions see Remaining in neutral position N gt page 117 When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an automatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Ornamental moldings gt For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Donotuse chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window cleaning solutions which are
368. matic conveyor type car wash observe the following instructions A Warning When leaving the SmartKey in the starter switch do not leave children unattended in the vehicle It is possible for children to switch on the ignition which could result in unsupervised use of vehicle equipment Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With SmartKey gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch With KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Release the brake pedal gt Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey in the starter switch Controls in detail Fes
369. may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Z Warning Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent e deployment of the front side impact air bags e deployment of the rear side impact air bags e deployment of the pelvis air bags e activation of the NECK PRO active front head restraints Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery As leather is a natural product
370. mendation Notes Front climate control panel Air distribution and Switch on the automatic mode The gt page 186 air volume indicator lamp in button auro comes on automatic mode Front defroster i Keep this setting selected only until the gt page 189 windshield and the front side windows are clear again ZONE function on gt page 191 off Display Air recirculation Only use this function for a short time gt page 190 e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air b gt a Climate control system Function Recommendation Notes Residual heat With the engine turned off it is possible gt page 191 ventilation to continue to heat or ventilate the interior E A C cooling on off Switch on off the air conditioning gt page 185 Rear window gt page 191 5 defroster Climate control on Switch on off the climate control page 185 off system N o Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C page 186 5 control passenger 5 side o Controls the climate control automatically FOCUS MEDIUM DIFFUSE Air volume gt page 189 Air distribution gt page 189 Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control driver s side Rear climate control panel Temperature Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 control raising Display Increasing air gt page 1
371. modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving Z Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle Such blows can be caused for example by running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle as occurred e turn on your hazard warning flashers e slow down carefully e drive with caution to an area whichis a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety standards Z N Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others
372. n to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Adjust the passenger side exterior rear view mirror with adjustment button so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb gt Press memory button M and within 3 seconds press one of the arrows of adjustment button 3 The parking position is stored if the exterior rear view mirror does not move If the exterior rear view mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the exterior rear view mirror again Calling up the parking position gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button to select the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The passenger side exterior rear view mirror moves to the stored parking position The passenger side exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position e 10 seconds after you have put the gear selector lever out of reverse gear R e immediately once your vehicle exceeds a speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h e immediately when you press button to select the driver s side exterior rear view mirror Memory function Notes With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations per front seat Each memory position button on the drivers side can store all of the following settings e Seat position e Drive dynamic multicontour seat Drive dynami
373. n or once a year in hot southern regions you should Technical data E such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anticorrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Cooling system Model E 350 E 350 4MATIC E 350 BlueTEC E 550 E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 4 4 US qt 4 2 1 6 1 US qt 5 8 I 5 5 US qt 5 2 I 5 8 US qt 5 5 I 49 F 45 C 4 9 US qt 4 6 I 6 7 US qt 6 31 6 0 US qt 5 7 I 6 3 US qt 6 01 Fuels coolants lubricants etc A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit gt Mix with water for temperatures above freezing point gt Mix with commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above the freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100
374. n activated with the instrument cluster control system gt page 137 Starting off When the preceding vehicle starts off gt Remove your foot from the brake pedal gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow 4 or gt Briefly step on the accelerator pedal Your vehicle starts off and adapts its speed to the preceding vehicle Driving If there is no preceding vehicle the DISTRONIC PLUS functions like the cruise control gt page 146 When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is driving more slowly it brakes the vehicle in order to keep the distance specified by you When the DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the preceding vehicle is driving faster it accelerates the vehicle up to the set speed A Warning When you step on the brake pedal you switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS except when the vehicle is at a standstill The DISTRONIC PLUS will no longer brake your vehicle You are always responsible for maintaining a distance from other vehicles observing road speeds and braking well in advance Stopping A Warning The braking effect of the DISTRONIC PLUS is canceled and the vehicle can start to roll if e the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched off using the DISTRONIC PLUS lever e you accelerate e the DISTRONIC PLUS system or the power supply is malfunctioning e g due to battery failure e the electrical components in the engine compartment or the fuses have been manipulate
375. n authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Left possible Sidemarker Lamp or Check Front Right Sidemarker Lamp Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions SOE Check The rear left side or right side marker lamp is malfunctioning NA i Rear Left Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Sidemarker possible Lamp or Check Rear Right Sidemarker Lamp X Check The left or right front parking lamp is malfunctioning Front gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible oe gt page 318 ang gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Lam a p Benz Center as soon as possible Check Front Right Parking Lamp Practical hints X Check The left or right high beam lamp is malfunctioning Left High Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible Beam gt page 318 a gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Check Right Benz Center as soon as possible High Beam X Check The left or right license plate lamp is malfunctioning Left gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as License possible Plate Lamp or Check Right License Plate Lamp b gt an Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions NOF Auto Lamp The light sensor is malfunc
376. n be found in the Practical hints section gt page 313 A Warning Do not place powered on laptops mobile phones electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system Such signal interference may cause the B amp esso indicator lamp not to come on during self test The SRS indicator lamp 8 and or the By ies indicator lamp could be a lit indicating that the system is not functioning The front passenger front air bag could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in an accident Z Warning The BabySmart air bag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Safety and security O Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness off the BabySmart air bag deactivation system The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the front passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and
377. n direction of arrow 2 as far as it will go gt Firmly press the top of the head restraint cushion towards the head restraint cover in direction of arrow 3 until it engages gt Repeat this procedure on the NECK PRO active front head restraint for the second front seat For information on NECK PRO active front head restraints see NECK PRO active front head restraints gt page 54 Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacing SmartKey batteries A Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate material which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states USA only or provinces Canada only require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint When
378. n pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires The E 350 BlueTEC does not have a spare wheel 41 Radial ply tires 42 Must not be used with snow chains 44 Not available as factory equipment 45 For use with snow chains contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuels coolants lubricants etc E 350 E 350 4MATIC 17 wheel Rim light alloy 4 0 B x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 54 in 39 mm Minispare tire T 155 70 R17 110M Recommended tire inflation pressure 61 psi 4 2 bar E550 E 550 4MATIC 18 wheel Rim light alloy 4 5Bx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 42 in 36 mm Minispare tire T 155 60 R18 107M Recommended tire inflation pressure 61 psi 4 2 bar E 63 AMG 19 wheel Rim light alloy 6 5 Bx 19 H2 Wheel offset Collapsible tire Recommended tire inflation pressure Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved products contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Z Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service 46 Must not be used with snow chains 0 55 in 14 mm 175 50 19 97P 51 psi 3 5 bar fluids Otherw
379. n the PRE SAFE Brake will not react to persons animals and approaching traffic or cross traffic The PRE SAFE Brake may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving offset from your vehicle center A Warning Depending on the vehicle speed the PRE SAFE Brake brakes your vehicle with a maximum of 13 ft s 4 m s before a possible hard stop This corresponds to about 40 of the maximum deceleration ability of your vehicle The driver must apply the brakes additionally in order to prevent a collision The self acting hard stop will be initiated when the imminent danger of a collision exists e g when an evasive driving maneuver cannot avoid an accident To maintain the proper distance to the vehicle in front of you and thus prevent a rear end collision you must apply the brakes yourself gt Brake the vehicle immediately to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking Observe the following warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the distance warning lamp A goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle ahead is again established The PRE SAFE Brake can react to stationary obstacles such as standing or parked vehicles at road speeds of up to approximately 40 mph 70 km h A Warning If you do not receive visual or acoustic warning signals the PRE SAFE Brake may
380. n to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9 153 go to www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www safercar gov Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents gt D ra Introduction This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or
381. nate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding sunroof or open a window slightly Power tilt sliding sunroof Hite Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Express raising is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is open The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first Controls in detail Fe Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding sunroof completely pull the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Closing when the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trapped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing the tilt sliding sunroof with greater force or without automatic reversal function If the movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during th
382. nce and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment P62 87 2015 31 Zone map North America P68 00 5728 31 Inorder to receive an accurate reading in the interior rear view mirror Q the Zone map South America The currently selected zone appears in compass display 2 gt Selecting zone Press button until the desired zone is selected Do not press the button again until the direction is indicated gt Compass calibration Make sure you are in an area where you can drive a full circle with your vehicle without disturbing traffic in order to calibrate the compass In order to calibrate the compass properly mind the following e Calibrate the compass in open terrain Nearby buildings bridges power lines and large antenna masts for example could impair compass calibration e Switch off electrical consumers e g climate control windshield wipers or rear window defroster e Close all doors and the trunk gt Start the engine gt Press button approximately 6 seconds until symbol C appears in compass display gt Drive a full circle at a vehicle speed of between 3 mph 5 km h and 6 mph 10 km h When calibration was successful the current direction appears in compass display 2
383. ne of the following conditions must be met e The engine is turned off e The driver s door is opened and the seat belt is not inserted in the seat belt buckle E 63 AMG Shifting into park position P A gt With the vehicle at a standstill press button 4 on the gearshift pattern Automatic transmission 117 Z Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Shifting into neutral position N gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal gt Move the gear selector lever up or down to the resistance point to select neutral position N When you turn off the engine the automatic transmission will shift into neutral position N automatically SmartKey Removing the SmartKey from the starter switch or opening a front door after turning off the engine will shift the automatic transmission into park position P automatically KEYLESS GO Opening a front door after turning off the engine will shift the automatic transmission into park position P automatically Remaining in neutral position N If you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral position N e g when taking the vehicle through an auto
384. ne and diesel fuels are highly flammable and poisonous They burn violently and can cause serious injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline or diesel fuel Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline or diesel fuel avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury A Warning Do not fill diesel tanks with gasoline Do not mix diesel fuel with gasoline Otherwise the fuel system and engine could be damaged In addition the vehicle could catch fire H Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Never refuel vehicles with diesel engine with gasoline Even small amounts of incorrect fuel will damage the fuel system and engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel or vice versa is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect or non approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incorrect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system mu
385. ne being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as follows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button a To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold button Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the sensor surface on the outside door handle to stop the closing procedure e Immediately pull on the same outside door handle and hold firmly The door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel will open for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened With SmartKey The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the driver s outside door handle gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt Press and hold button onthe SmartKey until the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel are closed completely gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the closing procedure gt Vehicles with panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Press and hold button on the SmartKey once more The roller sunblinds extend gt Release button on the SmartKey to interrupt the extending procedure With KEYLESS GO P
386. ng even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time July 17 2009 GSP OIS Printed in U S A Edition B 2010
387. ng lamp on the corresponding side of the vehicle comes on The warning is issued each time a vehicle enters the area monitored by the Blind Spot Assist from behind or from the side When you pass another vehicle the warning is issued only when the speed differential is less than 7 mph 12 km h When you shift the automatic transmission in reverse gear R yellow indicator lamps Q in the exterior rear view mirrors goes out after approximately 3 seconds The Blind Spot Assist is then not active The brightness of indicator lamps warning lamps is controlled automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light A Warning The Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below approximately 20 mph 30 km h The yellow indicator lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors are illuminated You will not be alerted to the presence of vehicles in the monitored area at these speeds It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to road weather and traffic conditions and to provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Failure to do so could result in recognizing dangers too late possibly resulting in an accident and serious injury to yourself and others Collision warning If a vehicle is detected in the Blind Spot Assist range and you activate the turn signal a two tone warning will sound once Red warning lamp on the corresponding side of the v
388. ng brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking function engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down b gt Driving and parking Beis Controls in detail Py A Driving and parking Controls in detail le The automatic central locking function can be switched off gt page 144 Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the automatic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever can now be used gt Shift the automatic transmission in
389. ning will then sound twice and the message Attention Assist Time for a rest appears in the multifunction display gt f possible park your vehicle in a safe location and take a rest gt Confirm the message by pressing button OK on the multifunction steering wheel If you do not take a rest and the ATTENTION ASSIST continues to recognize fatigue or increasing inattentiveness you will be warned once more after 15 minutes at the earliest During long trips take regular and duly rests that allow you to recover sufficiently The ATTENTION ASSIST will be reset and restarts evaluating the degree of your fatigue when e you turn off the engine e you release the seat belt and open the driver s door e g during a rest or fora driver change Controls in detail Pes A Climate control system Climate control system Overview of climate control system functions Your vehicle is equipped with either of the following climate control systems F Dual zone automatic climate control 3 zone automatic climate control p oO To 7 P83 25 2397 31 P83 25 2365 31 USAonly Canada only p G e O P83 25 2364 31 Canada only The dual zone automatic climate control The 3 zone automatic climate control combines an automatic heating and combines an automatic heating and ventilation system with a cooling system ventilation system with a cooling system You can adjust the dual zone automa
390. nning the ESC warning lamp A in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESC will then not stabilize the vehicle gt Switching off With the engine running press ESC switch Q until the ESC OFF warning lamp _ amp in the instrument cluster comes on The ESC is switched off A Warning When the ESC OFF warning lamp amp is on the ESC is switched off When the ESC warning lamp A and the ESC OFF warning lamp amp are on continuously the ESC is not operational due to a malfunction When the ESC is switched off or not operational vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESC H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESC switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Switching on Press ESC switch Q until the ESC OFF warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESC switched on z OFF E 63 AMG Switching ESC SPORT on or off A Warning ESC SPORT should not be switched on during normal driving Switching ESC SPORT on will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e system supported traction control is limite
391. not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean DISTRONIC PLUS PRE SAFE Brake system sensor cover 1 by hand To clean DISTRONIC PLUS PRE SAFE Brake system sensor cover Q and the bumper area near sensors 2 observe the following e Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water e Use a soft non scratching cloth H If you use a power washer to clean the sensor covers observe the following e Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer e Maintain a distance between the sensor covers and the nozzle of the power washer Vehicle care e Cleaning the driving systems sensors Cleaning the rear view camera lens P 4 66 3678 21 gt Only use clean water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean rear view camera lens Be careful not to apply wax to rear view camera lens Q when waxing the vehicle If necessary remove the wax using the Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water Operation ia H Do not clean the camera and the area around the camera e with a high pressure cleaner e with a dry cloth and strong pressure e with aggressive cleaning agents You could otherwise damage the camera Cleaning the windshield in front of the Night View Assist Plus camera The Nig
392. not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are O more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold gt page 229 Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recommended tire inflation pressure on the b gt A Tires and wheels Operation lest Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 237 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure gt f
393. nside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle Always use the cargo tie down rings Folding seat backrest forward gt Open the trunk gt Pull on left and or right release handle 4 The driver s and or front passenger seat moves forward automatically P91 12 2253 at gt Fold seat backrests 2 forward gt Adjust front seats to desired position gt page 88 Setting up seat backrest a j gt Fold seat backrest Q rearward until it engages H Make sure that the seat belt is not pinched gt Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest gt Adjust head restraints if necessary gt page 90 gt Adjust front seats to desired position gt page 88 A Warning Always lock the seat backrest in its upright position when the rear seat bench is occupied or the extended cargo volume is not in use Check for secure locking by pushing and pulling on the seat backrest In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo To prevent unauthorized persons from access to the trunk always lock the seat backrests in its upright position
394. nstallation of a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat with matching mounting fittings Non LATCH type ISOFIX child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions b gt Occupant safety ES Safety and security E Pon Occupant safety Safety and security LI The LATCH type ISOFIX anchors are blended with covers Information sign Q onthe cover indicates the position of anchor 2 gt Install a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions The anchorage ring covers of anchors swings back with insert the mounting fittings of a LATCH type ISOFIX child seat A rigid connection between the child seat and the body of the vehicle is established gt Make sure that the seat belt for the rear center seat can operate freely with a child seat installed Child safety Child safety locks Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning Children could open a rear door from the inside This may cause serious personal injury or an accident Therefore secure the rear doors with the child safety locks whenever children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The child safety locks on the rear doors enable you to secure each rear door individually You cannot open a secured rear door from the inside You can open the rear door from the outside when the vehicle is unlocked g
395. nt axle Oil n nnnerisoiricsesiiecsss 360 Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front air bag 40 Messages in the multifunction display resnica enei 276 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada only 46 313 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only 43 314 FUeI rennari 220 ACGIEVES isc nciscateciseseedeisescstiecarecosaeie 364 Capacity fuel tank 0 0 eee 361 Die Sel TU insire 363 Drive sensibly safe fuel 5 254 Fuel consumption statistics 130 Fuel filler flap and cap n se 222 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 310 Premium unleaded gasoline 362 RETUCIING iiss aheieaiie 220 REQUIFEMENTS sssrini 363 Fuel filler flap ee 222 Opening manually sssr 316 Fuel gauge neer 126 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 359 Fuel system bleeding diesel ONZINE o c c sceccseess cece ceesecneesstees eeeeaees 333 Fuel tank Capacity re nr eE 361 Fuel filler flap and cap scese 222 Refueling ssssirissiseissieriiirsisess 220 FUSES scsi csesssctessccdhenscadsshetectesdatbeisneads 343 ic ee are Garage door opener 5 33 212 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 250 Gear FANS ennienni 120 Indicatom menean enana 120 LIMINE erne 122 Shifting into optimal sses 122 Gear selector lever 1 115 Cleaning essiens 265 Gearshift pattern ceceeeeeeee 115 Shifting procedure ceeeeeee
396. nted remote trunk opening closing switch again Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing system you can close the trunk from the inside using the remote trunk opening closing switch If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check if luggage has been piled too high for example eet gt Press and hold remote trunk opening closing switch Q until the trunk is closed Locking and unlocking lates gt Interrupting the closing procedure Release remote trunk opening closing switch Q Closing the trunk from the outside automatically A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press button X Co
397. nter operation the maximum effectiveness of most of the driving systems described in this section is only achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driving safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear ABS Observe Safety notes see page 62 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake p
398. nterior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Py Cup holder in front center console A storage compartment is located under the cup holder in the front center console All models except E 63 AMG gt Opening Push cover forward until it engages gt Removing Press latch 2 forward and pull cup holder Q out gt Inserting Insert cup holder and press latch back gt Closing Briefly press on cover 3 Cover closes automatically ee Useful features Controls in detail heal P68 20 4199 39 E 63 AMG gt Opening closing Slide cover Q forward or rearward Cup holder in rear armrest gt Opening Open rear armrest storage compartment gt page 202 gt Press release button Q Cup holder 2 swings out and opens automatically P68 00 6296 21 gt Close rear armrest storage compartment gt Closing Open rear armrest storage compartment gt page 202 gt Swing cup holder backward until it engages gt Close rear armrest storage compartment H Do not sit on or lean your body weight against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it H Close the cup holder before folding the armrest upwards Otherwise you could damage the cup holder Bottle holder A Warning Do not transport heavy sharp edged or fragile bottles in the bottle holder In the event of an accident the bottle holder cannot secure a
399. ntrols in detail Pay on the SmartKey e Press the remote trunk opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the trunk closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull the trunk lid handle Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing system you can close the trunk from the outside using the trunk closing switch b gt Controls in detail bel Locking and unlocking Se gt Example Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press trunk closing switch Q briefly If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check if luggage has been piled too high for example Closing the trunk and locking vehicle from outside This section applies to vehicles with trunk opening closing system and KEYLESS GO only You can close the trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the Sma
400. nu gt Press button jor a Convenience submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button or a to select the to select the Easy Entry Exit function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Easy Entry Exit feature will be Enabled or Disabled to change the current Activating deactivating seat belt adjustment function Use this function to set the seat belts to be adjusted automatically with the driver s or front passenger seat belt fastened and the starter switch in position 2 For more information on the seat belt adjustment function see gt page 51 b gt ae Driving systems Controls in detail bell gt Press button lt 4 or gt Sett menu gt Press button v jor a Convenience submenu gt Press OK gt Press button or a to select the Belt Adjustment function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown to select the to select the 140 5 CONVENENCE gt Press button status Depending on the previous status the Belt Adjustment function will be Enabled or Disabled OK to change the current Introduction e Cruise control e DISTRONIC PLUS e Hill start assist system e HOLD function e AIRMATIC E 550 and E 550 4MATIC e All wheel drive 4MATIC e Pa
401. nufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Load index is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tires and wheels For example a load rating of 91 corresponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ib 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 241 where the maximum load associated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and lbs For additional information on the load index see Load identification gt page 248 Speed symbol Z Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury and possible death for you and for others Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appropriate to prevailing conditions Speed symbol indicates the approved maximum speed tire speed rating for the tire Summer tires
402. number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation speed symbol indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 lb times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction The adhesive friction of a tire on a surface on which it moves The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road 7A Winter driving Operation e Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 46 in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Winter driving General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles with diesel engine Do not cover the rad
403. nus and to al 4 select menus Press button briefly A to select submenu or scroll V through lists within Audio menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Tel menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number Controls in detail Fy Press and hold button a Ly within Audio menu to select a track or scene with quick search or to select previous or next station in station list or wave band within Tel menu to start the quick search in the phone book Press button OK to confirm selection or messages Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompanying functions and submenus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio for example These functions 11 Function only available in vehicles with Voice Control System b gt oe Control system Controls in detail Leal serve to call up relevant information or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern In the Sett menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instruct
404. o n Attention Assist Time for a rest Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The vehicle is adjusting to your level selection The vehicle level is too low gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You have started driving although the vehicle level was too low The vehicle will be raised gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the electronic parking brake gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You may then drive off The AIRMATIC is malfunctioning gt Avoid excessive steering maneuvers The fenders or tires could otherwise be damaged Listen for scraping noises gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Drive to the side of the road and select a higher vehicle level gt page 163 Depending on the type of malfunction this may raise the vehicle s level gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible There is otherwise danger of an accident The capability of the AIRMATIC system is restricted This can impair the handling gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Have the vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The ATTENTION ASSIST has determined that your concentration has declined considering certain criteria In addition an acoustic warning sounds gt Take a rest if required During long trips take regular and duly rests that allow you
405. o this device could void the user s authority to Example illustration operate the equipment If the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated oneor Canada only two segments 2 around set speed are O This device complies with RSS 210 of Uiuminated Industry Canada Operation is subject to The vehicle speed displayed on the the following two conditions speedometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the DISTRONIC PLUS system 1 This device may not cause interference If the DISTRONIC PLUS detects a vehicle ene directly ahead segments 2 in the 2 this device must accept any multifunction display comes on between the interference received including speed of the vehicle ahead Q and the set interference that may cause undesired speed ti f the device S eee f If the DISTRONIC PLUS calculates that there Removal tampering or altering of the is a danger of collision the distance warning device will void any warranties and is not lamp in the instrument cluster comes permitted Do not tamper with alter oruse on and an intermittent warning sounds in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Immediately apply the brake to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the following warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and
406. oad capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 241 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Information placard gt page 238 Operation b gt a Tires and wheels Operation Let Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue Combined weight limit of occupants and cargo from Tire and Loading Information placard Number of occupants driver and passengers
407. observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle A What to do if Practical hints _ Vehicle Problem The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on when the engine is running 4 Engine Problem The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark gt Refuel at the next gas station Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions There may be a malfunction in e the fuel management system e the ignition system gasoline engine e the emission control system e systems which affect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Check the fuel cap gt page 220 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system ch
408. obstruct air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off see Summer opening feature gt page 107 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Climate control system Bes Deactivating the climate control system A Warning When the climate control system is deactivated the outside air supply and circulation are also deactivated Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others gt Deactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp above the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button OFF The indicator lamp above the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect or gt Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically Controls in detail ry AUTO Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addition the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging A Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up mo
409. ocking Controls in detail Vehicle equipment gt Use the mechanical key to lock the vehicle This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking Notes A Observe Safety notes see page 56 When unlocking or locking the vehicle with the SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center When unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once and the locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times An acoustic signal sounds three times and the locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the trunk must be closed If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained gt Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 79 and replace them if necessary gt Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door and the trunk gt page 314 gt page 315 gt Have t
410. of arrows 2 The memory function gt page 96 lets you store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the Multifunction steering wheel Le seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows the driver an easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Convenience submenu of the control system gt page 145 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated Controls in detail faa To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel will also return to its last set position when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed
411. oklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e Unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e Gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 A Introduction Operating safety A Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or
412. ole for the towing eye bolt Fixing towing eye bolt Example illustration front bumper gt Take the towing eye bolt and if so equipped the wheel wrench from the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 gt Screw towing eye bolt 2 clockwise into threaded hole to its stop gt Insert wheel wrench into towing eye and tighten towing eye bolt by turning it clockwise or gt If your vehicle is not equipped with a wheel wrench use a suitable object to turn the towing eye bolt Towing the vehicle ral Practical hints aa Towing the vehicle Practical hints _ Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt 2 by turning it counterclockwise gt Unscrew towing eye bolt gt Reinstalling cover Fit cover C gt page 341 and snap it into place gt Store the towing eye bolt 2 and wheel wrench back into the vehicle tool kit Towing with one axle raised H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h H Vehicles with 4MATIC Do not tow with one axle raised Doing so could damage the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty All wheels must be on or off the ground Observe instructions for towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Release the brake pe
413. on Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle Driver s door B pillar b gt Tires and wheels Operation let Tire and Loading Information A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Qe i Sian i wars Po commited neghi cf aooupar te wd Cit Ne chon i weer necro EEK ag cr OBE a La pone Not i mapaa we nk maraha wns a Onn je prt LENO tg ca EX r TISA P40 00 2131 31 The Tire and Loading Information placard showing load limit information is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 237 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs on the Tire and Loading Information placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the
414. on Wheel CIAMSING ssiri takets 323 REMOVIN S lt 2 ssscesvccetestcecesessteesnceaes 326 Spare rT eean ER 323 Tightening torque ss sssssessssssssessss 328 Wheels sizes 0 0 0 0 cece eteeee 353 Wheels Tires and es 228 Window curtain air bags 42 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 264 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades ee 264 Washer Uld a cv sacssncvceceestsetvedeced 367 WIDCNS Geroaren eana cca 104 Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 322 Winter Cover ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 252 Winter driving INSEPUCTIONS cc cccssecessseeceneeetcsencesss 253 Radiator COVER ssc s2c cssseesencitaseteasess 252 SNOW CHAINS oseiro 252 THOS cccesscsislecsetsatectessczaveadetheschivessesd 252 Winter tires 0 0 0 0 cece 252 353 Wood trims cleaning 00 266 Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist
415. on on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 227 K The corner illuminating lamps improve illumination of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating lamps will only operate in low ambient lighting conditions If you are driving faster than 25 mph 40 km h the corner illuminating function is not available rner illuminating lamps Switching on gt Make sure the engine is running gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position 2 or A gt page 97 or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 98 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective corner illuminating lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating lamp comes on on the side of the turn signal or gt Turn steering wheel in desired direction Driving forward The corner illuminating lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in reverse The corner illuminating lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatic
416. ontact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull the roof panel switch repeatedly in direction of arrow 3 to the resistance point until the tilt sliding panel is closed completely gt Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow for 1 more second gt Pull the roof panel switch repeatedly in direction of arrow 3 to the resistance point until the roller sunblinds are closed completely gt Pull and hold the roof panel switch in direction of arrow for 1 more second gt Check whether the tilt sliding panel and the roller sunblinds can be opened completely gt page 195 Loading and storing Loading instructions Z Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible Use cargo tie down rings and fastening materials appropriate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle This can cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backrests The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Never drive a vehicle with the trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness
417. operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing contact Extinguish all smoking materials 51 Restriction Only SAE OW 40 SAE 5W 40 engine oils may be used Direct skin contact with fuels and the inhalation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not available and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full thro
418. ophone for Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and Voice Control System Roadside Assistance button Tele Aid system 210 Left reading lamp on off 103 Front interior lighting on off 103 33 S G16 Cie Function Memory function for storing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings Seat adjustment switches Central locking unlocking switch Inside door handle Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Switches for opening closing front and rear door windows Rear door window override switch Trunk opening switch trunk opening closing system Page 96 88 81 80 95 105 60 81 D EA Vehicle equipment 0 ce 36 Occupantsafety ee 36 Panic alarm e aoe 61 Driving safety systems 61 Anti theft systems cceeee 71 Safety and security E A Occupant safety Safety and security O Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Occupant safety Introduction In this section you will learn the most important facts about the restraint system components of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Child restraints e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH also known a
419. or Lighting function activated and the exterior lamp switch in position A e the exterior lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked with the SmartKey The lamps will go out when the driver s door is opened If you do not open the driver s door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will go out automatically after approximately 40 seconds e the exterior lamps will remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors Control system 143 If after turning off the engine you do not open or close a door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds The following lamps will come on e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps gt Press button lt or gt Sett menu gt Press button jor a Lights submenu gt Press button OK gt Press button jor a to select the to select the to select the Locator Lighting function The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown gt Press button OK status Depending on the previous status the Locator Lighting function will be Enabled or Disabled You can temporarily deactivate the headlamps delayed shut off feature to change the current gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Th
420. or heavy rain In such a case the DISTRONIC PLUS will switch off and the message DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the sensors see gt page 263 If the message DISTRONIC PLUS Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual disappears during driving and the last speed stored flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved the DISTRONIC PLUS is available again Another cause might be that the radar sensors have been manually switched off in the instrument cluster control system Please verify that the radar sensors are switched on gt page 144 P54 70 2424 31 In turns or bends the DISTRONIC PLUS may not detect a preceding vehicle or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Offset driving P54 70 2425 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by the DISTRONIC PLUS There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicle Lane changing P54 70 2426 31 Driving systems ee The DISTRONIC PLUS has not yet detected Cross traffic the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient distance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles P54 70 2451 31 The DISTRONIC PLUS may inadvertently detect crossing vehicles If you switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS for example at a
421. ore driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 8 in 20 cm gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Radiator Vehicles with diesel engine Do not cover the radiator for example with a winter front or bug cover Otherwise the readings of the on board diagnostic system may be inaccurate Some of theses readings are required by law and must be accurate at all times Engine oil The amount of oil your engine consumes will depend on a number of factors including driving style Increased oil consumption can occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Notes on checking engine oil level When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground
422. ormation for different loading conditions of the vehicle can be found on the tire inflation pressure label The tire inflation pressure label is located on the inside of the fuel filler flap For the tire inflation pressure for spare wheels such as Minispare wheels or spare wheels with collapsible tire refer to e the yellow label on the spare wheel rim e the Technical data section of this Operators Manual gt page 358 e the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Unless specified otherwise the tire inflation pressures on the tire inflation pressure label are valid for all approved factory equipped tires Data shown on tire inflation pressure label examples are for illustration purposes only Tire inflation pressure data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustrations Refer to the tire inflation pressure label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle COLD TIRE PRESSURE P40 00 2179 31 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for all approved factory equipped tires When a tire size is specified the tire inflation pressure that follows applies to that particular tire size only z Reie Rear Ures up tex Proaza choafies Tosti OS tet 4o irritas co P8B 460 2271 231 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures for particular tire sizes Some tire inflation pressure labels may only show the rim diame
423. orque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 241 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configuration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 323 Tire labeling Besides tire name sales
424. osition O for an extended period of time it the trunk lid lock can no longer be turned in the starter switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock gt Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise 5 remove SmartKey from the starter switch and to neutral position 1 and remove the mechanical key in that position to unlock eset the trunk The steering is locked when the SmartKey is You can now open the trunk removed from the starter switch b gt eu Starter switch positions Controls in detail L gt Always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation This will help to prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a completely discharged vehicle battery If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged gt Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary gt page 337 or gt Get a jump start gt page 338 If the SmartKey does not belong to the vehicle the SmartKey can be turned in the starter switch However the ignition does not switch on and the engine does not start EYL Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO feature are supplied with a SmartKey with integrated KEYLESS GO function and a removable KEYLESS GO start stop button The KEYLESS GO start stop button must be inserted in the starter switch and the SmartKey presen
425. overed by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty You can also open or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO function see Summer opening feature gt page 107 and Convenience closing feature gt page 108 After switching off the ignition or removing the SmartKey from the starter switch you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof until you open the driver s or front passenger door If no door was opened you can operate the tilt sliding sunroof for up to 5 minutes Sunroof switch Raising Opening Closing With the sunroof closed or raised you can slide the sunroof screen forward and back gt Switch on the ignition Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the sunroof switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the sunroof switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding sunroof completely press the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the sunroof switch in any direction Express opening is not available when the tilt sliding sunroof is raised The tilt sliding sunroof must be closed first When the tilt sliding sunroof is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or elimi
426. ower gear When you brake or stop the automatic transmission shifts down into a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown Using the kickdown while driving in manual program mode M is not possible Deactivating manual shift program gt Turn the program mode selector dial until C or S appears in the multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C Manual program mode M is not stored Emergency operation limp home mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less responsive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Transfer case This section applies to vehicles equipped with all wheel drive 4MATIC only Both the front and rear axles are powered at all times when the vehicle is being operated H Only conduct operational or performance tests on a t
427. oximately 8 minutes The seat heating switches from level 2 to level 1 low after approximately 10 minutes After approximately 20 minutes in level 1 the seat heating switches off automatically gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press seat heating switch Q gt Switching off Press seat heating switch Q repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If there is insufficient voltage the seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Multifunction steering wheel Safety notes A Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Make sure e you can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e you can move your legs freely e all displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible Steering wheel adjustment gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 1 gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction
428. p housing The air hose and electrical plug are located at the bottom of the pump housing The following description applies to both versions Differences in usage are expressly declared P40 10 6368 21 Version 1 P40 10 5369 31 Version 2 gt Version 1 only Open flap on electric air pump gt Version 1 only Pull out electrical plug and air hose with pressure gauge and vent screw 4 gt Version 2 only Pull electrical plug and the air hose out of the pump housing bottom gt Version 1 only Close vent screw on air hose 4 gt Remove the valve cap from the collapsible tire valve gt Screw union nut onto the collapsible tire valve gt Make sure air pump switch is set to 0 gt Insert electrical plug into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 206 or a power outlet gt page 207 Flat tire Practical hints m aA Flat tire Practical hints _ gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch The electric air pump switches on and inflates the collapsible tire gt Inflate the collapsible tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 358 This should take approximately 5 minutes A Warning The air hose and the union nut can become hot during inf
429. pace symbol as a system display in the multifunction display When a parking space has been detected an additional arrow to the right 8 or to the left appears In order to be detected by the Parking Guidance a parking space must be e parallel to the direction of travel e at least 5 ft 1 5 m wide e at least 4 3 ft 1 3 m longer than your vehicle is A parking space is shown in the multifunction display when driving by until you have reached a distance of 50 ft 15 m from the space The Parking Guidance only shows parking spaces on the passenger side of the vehicle unless you activate the driver s side left turn signal If you would like to park on the driver s side the left turn signal must remain on until the reverse gear is engaged Parking A Warning The Parking Guidance is only an aid and may not detect all obstacles The Parking Guidance does not relieve you of the responsibility to pay attention You are always responsible for safety and must continue to pay attention to your immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering Otherwise you could endanger yourself and others gt Bring the vehicle to a standstill as long as the desired parking space is displayed by the parking space symbol in the multifunction display gt Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R The message Check Vehicle Surroundings Press OK to Confirm appears in the multifunction display gt Pres
430. pant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the 3 k Indicator lamp in the center console gt page 45 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the X indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 43 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again Depending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS the 4 k indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cente
431. parate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch 0 0 100 COMPASS 5 05525 6s5c5caeeschscacssbscecstercesctas 216 Control system 126 Multifunction display seee 128 Multifunction steering wheel 126 Resetting to factory settings 139 Control system menus 129 VY Chere rpeeereeet a e E 131 ASSISLANCE susanne 137 Nilo oumetnre reer er erent rare terrae 134 NTE A E E E EE 134 SERVICE ereere ere e EE E 138 SEINES es ce cticesetiedeevsrcesperseseeses 139 TOlEPMONG sesccscsscssssessesssiecasisesdeees 135 TID cissesececsesseteninesactepssccnsncssneceesanees 129 Control system submenus CONVENIENCE eseeeeseseeeeeeeceeenees 145 Instrument Cluster scsessccsesees 140 Lighting sccsieccesecseescceeneeceereeccts 141 Ve MiClE ccecesets cassie isaleastiechiserieveets teas 144 Convenience submenu Easy entry exit feature eee 145 Seat belt adjustment function 145 Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 365 Capacities sscssscessbcasectdcessessescsesceaes 361 Checking level s ecseseceeses 226 Messages in the multifunction CIS DIA is casssccreceteereancss cece EEE EE Temperature gauge Warning lamp cc cs rcesocssecesecesasceaters Corner illuminating lamps 102 Replacing bulbs eee eeeeee Cruise control 00 ACEIVALING ccs ssccess eaneecees CAM COMING 2 czeisietociza R Changing the set
432. parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent Technical data F Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Canada only A Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copyi
433. pear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking distance BAS Z Observe Safety notes see page 62 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS provides full brake boost automatically thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Z Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase BAS PLUS The Brake Assist System PLUS BAS PLUS operates in emergency braking situations and uses radar sensors to assess the traffic situation BAS PLUS assists you in braking at speeds above approximately 20 mph 30 km h When traveling in Canada in a vehicle not registered in Canada you must switch off the radar sensor system gt page 144 Canadian law does not permit the use of the radar sensor system for vehicles from outside of Canada When you switch off the radar system the following functions are deactivated e BAS PLUS PRE SAFE Brake gt page 69 e DI
434. perate together with the driver front air bag in certain frontal impacts if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt Knee bag 3 operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Z Warning The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including for example the addition of door speakers Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Front side impact air bags Q and rear side impact air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the thorax but not the head neck and arms The side impact air bags are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration e regardless of whether the seat belts on the impacted side of the vehicle are in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs Vehicles with OCS USA only The front passenger side impact air bag will not deploy if the OCS senses that
435. ple The Lane Keeping Assist becomes operational again and the 2 message in the multifunction display disappears when e dirt on the windshield has fallen off while driving e g slush T or snow 87 p nae eS e the system recognizes full camera availability O gt f necessary clean the windshield in front of the camera gt page 264 Lane Inoperativ The Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning Keepi ng gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Assist Vehicle Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Apply to Shift You have attempted to shift the automatic transmission into Brake mom P drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N without depressing the brake pedal gt Depress the brake pedal Door Open Vehicle In addition an acoustic warning sounds Not in P You have opened the driver s door and the automatic transmission is still in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N gt Before you leave the vehicle make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P and the parking brake is engaged b gt Practical hints E Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Service Required Only Shift to P when Vehicle is Stationary Shift to PY or N Auxiliary Battery Tires Do Not Shift Gears Visit Dealer wO SLAPE Engine Malfunctio n Display messages Check Tire Pressure Run Flat Indicator Then
436. plies to both versions Differences in usage are expressly declared P40 10 5359 31 P40 10 5012 31 Version 2 gt Version 1 only Open flap on the electric air pump gt Pull plug and air hose out of the pump housing gt Screw the air pump s air hose G onto flange of TIREFIT container 1 gt Stick TIREFIT container Q upside down into notch of the electric air pump P40 10 5425 31 gt Unscrew the valve cap of the damaged tire from tire valve Flat tire Version 1 gt Version 1 only Close vent screw QO on pressure gauge 1 gt Screw filler hose onto tire valve gt Insert electrical plug into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 206 or a power outlet gt page 207 Practical hints gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch The electric air pump is switched on and inflates the tire First the sealing is pumped into the tire The pressure may briefly rise to up to 73 psi 5 bar This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Do not switch off the electric air pump gt Let the electric air pump inflate the tire for approximately 5 minutes The pressure gauge must display at least 26 psi 1 8 bar A Warning The air hose can become hot during inflation
437. plode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Since replacing bulbs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend to have them replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging Replacing bulbs ae CO You can replace the following bulbs yourself Halogen headlamps Type Low beam lamp H7 55 W High beam lamp H7 55 W Parking and standing lamp W 5 W Turn signal lamp 3457A Bi Xenon headlamps Type Corner illuminating lamp H7 55 W IR emitter for Night View Assist Plus Practical hints H1155 W Notes on bulb replacement e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease H Do not replace LEDs or bulbs not f described in this section You could e If the newly installed bulb does not come otherwise damage the LEDs the bulbs or on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs and Center bulbs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz recommends using Longlife LL bulbs A Observe Safety notes see pag
438. ply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the rear part of the tilt sliding panel Otherwise you may scratch or damage the protective layer Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned This applies especially after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning Drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry Z Warning Do not use
439. portions of them may protrude from the passenger compartment H To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding panel Do not open the tilt sliding panel if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions H Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding panel when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Roof panel switch Raising Opening Closing The tilt sliding panel only operates with the roller sunblinds retracted You can also open or close the tilt sliding panel using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 107 or see Convenience closing feature gt page 108 gt Switch on the ignition Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel hee Controls in detail fos any Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Controls in detail Led Opening gt Opening manually Press and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 gt Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To open the tilt sliding panel completely press the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 2 and release gt Stopping d
440. possible or Check Right Tail and Brake Lamps Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages TOE Check Left Cornering Light or Check Right Cornering Light IDE Check Rear Left Turn Signal or Check Rear Right Turn Signal X Check Front Left Turn Signal or Check Front Right Turn Signal Check Left Mirror Turn Signal Check Right Mirror Turn Signal Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The left or right corner illuminating lamp is malfunctioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 318 The left or right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left or right front turn signal lamp is malfunctioning gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 318 The turn signal in the left or right exterior rear view mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints TA What to do if Practical hints LJ Tires Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Tire At least one tire is deflating Press gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Warning steering and braking maneuvers os se on gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 323 Malfunctio n C
441. process Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training process gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held r
442. quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasoline which contains these additives the use of Mercedes Benz approved additives is recommended Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a listing of approved products Follow directions on the product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation H Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited Warranties AdBlue AdBlue is a non flammable non toxic colorless and odorless water soluble liquid H Only use AdBlue complying with ISO 22241 Do not blend with additives H Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with AdBlue or remove AdBlue with a moist cloth and cold water immediately If AdBlue has crystallized alrea
443. r 5 seconds gt Press button within 5 seconds The intermediate time shown will be saved as a lap time The RACETIMER begins timing the new lap The new lap begins to be timed as soon as the intermediate time is called up Control system 133 RACETIMER Best lap time Lap number Resetting current lap gt Press button running The timer stops gt Press button The lap time is reset to O while the timer is Deleting all laps It is not possible to delete a single saved lap gt Press button running The timer stops gt Press button OK The reset menu appears in the multifunction display while the timer is Reset Race T ime gt Press button w to select Yes and confirm with button OK J The saved laps are deleted Overall analysis This function is only available if you have saved at least one lap and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press button lt or gt AMG menu gt Press button A to select the repeatedly until the overall analysis appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Fes PS4 32 7920 31 Overall analysis of RACETIMER Overall driving time Average speed Overall distance driven Maximum speed Lap analysis This function is only available if you have saved at least
444. r as soon as possible Z Warning If the 8 k indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints b gt Practical hints _ Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passenger Airbag Disabled Sec Operator s Manual Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions USA only The front passenger front air bag is deactivated while driving even though an adult or someone larger than a small individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in weight gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the 2 k Indicator lamp in the center console gt page 45 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 28 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the X indicator lamp in the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 43 has deactivated th
445. r climate control panel 3 zone automatic climate control Canada only Left rear center air vent adjustable gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 1 upward or downward B pillar air vents Vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control Canada only Side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 2 to the left or to the right Adjusting air distribution USA only The symbols shown in display 3 gt page 181 on the climate control panel represent the following functions Canada only The symbols shown in display 4 gt page 181 or gt page 183 on the climate control panel represent the following functions Symbol Function Pi Directs air through the defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows A Directs air through the center and side air vents va Directs air through the center and side air vents and to the footwells USA only Directs air through the center side and defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows Canada only Climate control system is Symbol Function vel Directs air to the footwells z Directs air through the defroster air vents to the windshield and door windows and to the footwells gt USA only Press rocker switch page 181 up or down until you have select the desired setting and the corresponding symbol is shown in display gt Canada only Press rocker
446. r hose behind flap gt Version 2 only Store electrical plug and the air hose back into the pump housing bottom gt Place the electric air pump back in its designated storage space gt Lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle gt Lower the vehicle by turning the crank counterclockwise until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Remove the jack P40 10 5753 31 gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly following the diagonal sequence illustrated to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Z Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 b ft 130 Nm gt Fully collapse the jack with handle folded in storage position see gt page 270 gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space gt E 63 AMG and vehicles with AMG bodystyling Reinstall the respective cover of the door sill trim Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Do not restart the Advanced TPMS until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunct
447. r lamp 2 in vehicle level control switch Q goes out If you do not drive in this speed range the selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Selecting normal level gt Start the engine When indicator lamp is on gt Briefly press vehicle level control switch Indicator lamp goes out The vehicle adjusts from raised level to normal level AMG adaptive sport suspension system E 63 AMG Rear axle level control The rear axle level control adjusts the vehicle level for the rear axle The rear axle level control is beneficial because it keeps the vehicle level at the rear axle constant independent of the load Your vehicle adjusts its ride height automatically to increase vehicle safety and to reduce fuel consumption Damping system The damping system is controlled electronically and operates continuously It adjusts the damping characteristics to the current operating and driving conditions The damping is adjusted individually for each wheel Driving safety and tire comfort are increased The fine tuning of the damping is dependent on e your driving style e road surface conditions e your personal settings Comfort Sport or Sport When you start the engine the Comfort driving mode is selected automatically gt Start the engine Sporty damping adjustment The firmer suspension tuning in Sport driving mode provides
448. r vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always engage the parking brake firmly and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If necessary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for example a rubber mat Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also obs
449. ram mode M system controlled automatic gearshifting is switched off You need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshifting using the steering wheel gearshift control J PV sms Program mode selector dial on E 63 AMG C Comfort For standard driving S Sport For sporty driving S Sport Plus For sporty driving with shorter shift times M Manual RS RACE START For manual gearshifting For optimum acceleration from a standing start Program mode RS cannot be selected while driving For more information see RACE START E 63 AMG gt page 159 The current program mode appears in the multifunction display gt page 121 For information on automatic program mode C or S see Automatic shift program gt page 120 and One touch gearshifting gt page 121 Activating manual shift program gt Turn the program mode selector dial until M appears in the multifunction display The automatic transmission switches to manual program mode M Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually with drive position D selected You can upshift or downshift through the gears in succession Automatic transmission Manual program mode M will not be stored When the engine is turned off with manual program mode M selected the automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C when the engine is restarted Upshifting
450. re monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving ona reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly USA only If a condition causing the TPMS to malfunction develops it may t
451. re quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Condensated water may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction at Climate control system Controls in detail LJ The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air conditioning The interior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button a c The indicator lamp above the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air conditioning gt Press button se The indicator lamp above the button comes on Automatic mode When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidification is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you deactivate the air conditioning the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Dual zone automatic climate control gt Set the desired temperature gt page 186 gt Activating
452. read life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then Lamp in center console remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Canada only A BabySmart child seat is installed on t
453. red zone of the coolant temperature gauge Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer gt page 28 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Outside temperature indicator The outside temperature indicator is displayed in the multifunction display gt page 128 A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges Fuel gauge The fuel gauge is on the left hand side of the instrument cluster gt page 28 Once the fuel level has fallen below the reserve mark the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp ff for the fuel reserve comes on Control system Introduction The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 2 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to f
454. res The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear Q traction 2 and temperature resistance 3 Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall Operation i For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear_ Traction 200 AA A Temperature All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a b gt if Tires and wheels Operation hes tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use ho
455. responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance always remains with the driver Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while the PRE SAFE Brake is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident resulting in personal or fatal injury to you or others Driving safety systems he Safety and security Driving safety systems Safety and security LJ USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorize
456. rk plugs electrode gap Spark plugs tightening torque 33 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 80 Ah NGK ILZKAR 7A 10 0 039 in 1 0 mm 15 18 lb ft 20 25 Nm iss ENG tires 3 Main dimensions E 63 AMG Overall vehicle 192 6 in 4891 mm length Overall vehicle 81 5 in 2071 mm width 4 Overall vehicle 56 8 in 1442 mm height Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 64 0 in 1625 mm Track rear 62 8 in 1594 mm Ground clearance 4 5 in 114 mm Turning circle 37 1 ft 11 30 m E 63 AMG Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg 34 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Notes H Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as the ABS or the ES C Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires applicable to selecte tire sizes only e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extend tires with limited run flat d ed characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that
457. rktronic system with Parking Guidance e Rear view camera e Night View Assist Plus e ATTENTION ASSIST e Blind Spot Assist e Lane Keeping Assist e RACE START E 63 AMG e AMG adaptive sport suspension system E 63 AMG The driving safety systems ABS Adaptive Brake BAS BAS PLUS EBP ESC and PRE SAFE Brake are described in the Safety and security section gt page 61 Cruise control The cruise control maintains the speed you set for your vehicle automatically The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds The corresponding cruise control speed segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed in the multifunction display are illuminated A Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in
458. rly sensors Q must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean sensors 1 regularly Be careful not to scratch or damage sensors see Cleaning the driving systems sensors gt page 263 A Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in or near the area in which you are parking maneuvering Otherwise they could be injured H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts elevated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system the E Daw ETO solo 2 2 ow ue Bh P54 65 4000 21 a co 120 J w P54 65 4001 21 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 12
459. rning When opening or closing the door windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the opening closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pulled and held See the Closing when a door window is blocked section in this chapter for details The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch If a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the door windows by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by touching and holding the sensor surface vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the door window opening A Warning Do not keep any part of your body up against the window pane when opening a window The downward motion of the pane may pull that part of your body down b
460. rtKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press KEYLESS GO locking closing switch Q briefly With all doors closed e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The trunk lid starts to close automatically e All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking once the trunk has closed completely e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The anti theft alarm system is armed If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk lid reopens slightly This will happen only while the trunk is in its upper motion sequence Check if luggage has been piled too high for example The trunk lid can be opened from inside the trunk with the emergency release button ir gt Briefly press emergency release button Q The trunk lid unlocks and opens The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion Illumination of the emergency release button e The button flashes for 30 minutes after opening the trunk e The button flashes for 60 minutes after closing the trunk Starter switch positions E The emergency release button does notopen ESEE OO the trunk if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Z Observe Safety notes see page 56 You can lock the trunk separately with the mechanical key This denies unauthorized access to the trunk e g when you valet park the
461. ry to brake and steer the vehicle Driving and parking fe Controls in detail Fy ein Automatic transmission gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt page 116 gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addition to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P Observe instructions if you want the automatic transmission to remain in neutral position N see Remaining in neutral position N gt page 115 With SmartKey Controls in detail heal position 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch When you turn off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open a front door the automatic transmission will shift into park position P automatically A Warning Keep in mind that turning off the engine alone only will shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N automatically Always shift the automatic transmission into park position P before turning off the engine Otherwise the vehicle could roll away which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button With the driver s door closed the starter switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt page 85 When you turn off the engine using th
462. s OK on the multifunction steering wheel to confirm The display in the multifunction display changes to the Parking Guidance The message Please Drive Backward appears in the multifunction display depending on the distance to the parking space Example illustration gt f applicable drive straight backward a little An arrow pointing toward you indicates the backward direction gt Drive straight backward until an acoustic signal sounds Stop the vehicle You have reached the stop position The arrow is completely white The message Please Steer Wheel to the Right or Please Steer Wheel to the Left appears in the multifunction display Driving systems 171 gt If necessary adjust the end position by maneuvering as needed gt Observe the warning indicators of the Parktronic system gt page 167 Canceling the Parking Guidance Example illustration gt Press the Parktronic switch gt page 168 The Parking Guidance is canceled immediately and the Parktronic system is deactivated gt With the vehicle still standing turn the steering wheel in the indicated direction until the arrow is completely white and an i acoustic signal sounds The Parking Guidance is canceled automatically if guidance into the parking space is no longer possible or if an error occurs The parking space symbol disappears and the message Parking Guidance Canceled appears in the multifunction display
463. s even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The hazard warning flasher comes on P Activating Enable the ap Live automatically when an air bag deploys Highbeam Assist via the control system gt page 142 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The Adaptive Highbeam Assist indicator in the multifunction display comes on when switching on the low beam headlamps b gt ae Lighting Controls in detail bal gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch Q All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch C to switch it off Headlamp cleaning system The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure water jet automatically when the engine is running and you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the windshield with washer fluid for the first time The headlamps are cleaned every tenth time the windshield is washed with washer fluid The counter resets when you switch off the ignition For informati
464. s ISOFIX Additional protection potential is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Air bag control unit with crash sensors Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts Seat belt force limiter e NECK PRO active front head restraints e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE e Air bag system components with Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS Canada only Front passenger seat with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other A Warning Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tamper with electronic components or their software See Children in the vehicle gt page 56 for information on e infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle e restraint systems for infants and children SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the i
465. s are stored and appears in the multifunction display gt Calling up and displaying Press AMG button The stored driving mode and program mode are in effect and the settings appear in the multifunction display gt Displaying Tap AMG button The stored and or currently active settings appear in the multifunction display Parktronic system The Parktronic system with Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers The Parktronic system b gt Driving systems Pree Controls in detail Fee 17 Driving systems Controls in detail L indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle visually and audibly The Parktronic system is activated automatically when e you switch on the ignition and e you release the parking brake and e the automatic transmission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds above approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system activates again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you shift the automatic transmission into park position P or engage the parking brake The Parktronic system monitors the surroundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper P 4 65 2999 31 Example illustration sensors in the front bumper To function prope
466. s as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation For information on head restraint adjustment see Head restraint height gt page 89 or see Head restraint fore and aft adjustment gt page 89 Correct driver seat adjustment A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control the following must be done before the vehicle is put into motion e seat adjustment e head restraint adjustment Occupant safety a e steering wheel adjustment e rear view mirror adjustment e fastening of seat belts Steering wheel A Observe Safety notes see page 93 gt Position steering wheel Q properly gt page 93 Make sure e You can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e You can move your legs freely e All displays including malfunction and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible Seat belt Z Observe Safety notes see page 48 gt Fasten and position your seat belt correctly gt page 50 Make sure e The seat belt is always fitted snugly e Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible on your hips Seat and head
467. s in the multifunction display Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Brake Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Check The brake pads have reached their wear limit Brake Pad Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Wear H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Practical hints b gt Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions ABS and In addition the yellow ESC warning lamp A the yellow USA onl ESC ESC OFF warning lamp amp and the yellow ABS indicator USA only Inoperativ lamp come on e See The brake system is still functioning normally but due to a Canada Operator s malfunction the ABS the BAS the BAS PLUS the ESC the only Manual hill start assist system the HOLD function the PRE SAFE system and the PRE SAFE Brake are unavailable The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt A
468. s in the multifunction display will then guide you into the final park position e from a distorted perspective b gt Driving systems Controls in detail Lal The rear view camera does not relieve you of the responsibility to be cautious Take care and pay careful attention The rear view camera may not show objects which are e very close to the rear bumper e under the rear bumper e above the trunk handle You are responsible for safety at all times and must continue to pay attention to the immediate surroundings when parking and maneuvering This includes the area behind in front of and beside the vehicle Otherwise you could endanger yourself and or others A Warning The rear view camera either will not function or will not function to its full capability if e the trunk lid is open e it is raining very hard snowing or foggy e it is night or you are parking maneuvering your vehicle in an area where it is very dark e the camera is exposed to a very bright white light e the immediate surroundings are illuminated with fluorescent light the COMAND system display can flicker e there is a sudden change in temperature e g if you drive into a heated garage from the cold lens condensation e the camera lens is dirty or covered e the rear of your vehicle is damaged In this case have the position and setting of the camera checked by a qualified specialist workshop Mercedes Benz recommends that you contact a
469. s permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s maximum speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly pull right gearshift control The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the automatic transmission If you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached the revolution limit of the current gear range the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Pull and hold right gearshift control until the gear range indicator disappears from the multifunction display The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Pull and hold left gearshift control The automatic transmission will select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration automatically This will involve shifting down one or more gears Manual shift program The manual shift program is available on E 63 AMG only Manual program mode M differs with regard to spontaneity response time and shifting smoothness from automatic program modes S or S In manual prog
470. sceesueaats aest 337 JUMP starting oo eee sees eteeeeneeeees 338 Messages in the multifunction display oenen 284 297 Bead tire cnscisnnciniruednns 250 Beverage holders see Cup holders Bleeding the fuel system diesel ONSINE ereis errereen iania 333 Blind Spot Assist 0 eee eeeeees 175 Messages in the multifunction CisSplay wsesvicccrsecesressaesarcrsesvsstceess 281 Switching on OF Off ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 138 BlueTEC AdBlue tank c ceccsescscesscssseeeseecees 333 Brake Assist System see BAS Brake Assist System PLUS see BAS PLUS Brake fluid Checking level ssvsceiegesesssscessssegesevsee 227 Messages in the multifunction display scsccesibe Set eecacsesececsieecaenheSeieade 289 Brake lamps Cleaning lenses seee 262 Brake pads Messages in the multifunction displaye omire ESS 287 Brake Seesen iterat 254 Ceramic brake system sses 256 High performance brake system 256 Parking Drake sonenn eeni 113 Warning lamp svsccccecessevsversscvaveventees 305 Break in period n 220 Bug cover Radiator ee 224 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center California retail buyers and lessees important notice for Calls phone Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Cargo tie down rings Carpets cleaning ce eee Center console Central locking Automatic KEYLESS GO Locking unlocking from inside
471. se any other vehicles or objects i e road sign or similar to this for a long time e the system is out of the operating temperature range e the battery voltage is insufficient gt f necessary clean the DISTRONIC PLUS cover in the radiator grille gt page 263 gt Restart the vehicle gt Try activating the DISTRONIC PLUS again later gt Wait until the system is within the operating temperature range or the battery recovers The DISTRONIC PLUS becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface drying e the message in the multifunction display disappears The DISTRONIC PLUS is malfunctioning The BAS PLUS and the PRE SAFE Brake are also not available gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible You have accelerated The DISTRONIC PLUS has switched off gt Stop accelerating Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages DISTRONIC PLUS HOLD Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist Parking Guidance mph Off Currently Unavailabl e See Operator s Manual Inoperativ Inoperativ Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions One of the activation conditions for the DISTRONIC PLUS has not been fulfilled You may have attempted to set a
472. seccesesctsssecaasees 319 Parking brake 00 ec eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Messages in the multifunction CiSplay lt ssccvstevieeseestcavessevsticestierceseees 289 Parking Guidance eee 168 Canceling sirisser 171 Detecting a parking space 169 Parking escores 170 Parking position Exterior rear view Mirrors eee 95 Transmission position s es 118 Parktronic system Cleaning system sensors 0 263 MalfUNCHION us ccacccccaeesstecs 168 Minimum distance ssns 167 Sensor range 6z cseecsecssevssevecaceses 166 Switching On Off s cc esccsssesesseesece 168 System SENSOSS ssriseriinecsrissrsi 166 Warning indicators eeeeeee 27 167 Parts service ooo eee eeeeeneeceeeeneeees 346 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp Canada only see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Canada only PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp USA only see Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp USA only Passenger safety see Occupant safety P dalSa senini es Pelvis air bags Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 0 4 Power assistance ccceeeeeeees Power outlets cccccceeeeseeeeeeees Power seats see Seats Power steering Messages in the multifunction GISPlAY sscccecacisienseisi ho scati echoes eesets Power tilt sliding sunroof OPO bat ON ee cxseevcetececestceteicectececsertees Synchronizing ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeees Power washer
473. seceeeeteeeees 360 Rear center console ashtray see Ashtrays Rear center seat belt Unblocking c sccsessecteecessecceeecsesseesees 51 Rear doors Child safety lOCKS 5 cccseesssecceevons 60 Rear door window Override switch oc eeeeeeeseceeeteeeeeeees 60 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seat head restraints see Head restraints Rear view camera ccceeeee 171 Cleaning the camera lens 263 Rear window defroster 55 191 Recommended tire inflation PFOSSUNC oeira 229 251 Refilling 7 5 0 ee ne a 334 Refrigerant air conditioning 362 Refueling cercen 220 Regular checks 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeseereeeneeees 222 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door lock Tele Aid 212 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 211 Replacing KEV o2esccaricecestossieceecscasd tess evtecesseeeszaes 80 Replacing bulbs eee eeeeeeeeees 318 Reporting safety defects 23 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction Cisplay ss vccccseceasiacaicrcesccess 298 Warning lamp viccsceiesccssseacsssesescisecast 310 Restraint systems see Occupant safety Retaining hook ee 199 RIMS rces esen cei AERA 251 353 Roadside Assistance 21 210 Roller sunblinds ccsccceeeees 194 RON Research Octane Number 3
474. sed on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio Aspect ratio is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 8 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 247 Rim diameter Rim diameter is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Load index A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation ma
475. senger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endangering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning is activated or press button gml gt Activating Press button l6 l The indicator lamp above the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside temperatures The indicator lamp in button 6 amp is not lit when the air recirculation mode is switched on automatically Rear window defroster ieee A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes gt Deactivating Press button 6aj again The indicator lamp above the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C Residual heat and ventilation This feature is only available in Canada vehicles with 3 zone automatic climate control With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the eng
476. sescgesescdsesereacseseaeats 85 Starting difficulties engine 110 Starting the engine 0 0 0 109 Steering column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjustment Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 122 Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services 212 Storage compartments 201 Storing tires 2 ee eseeereeeeees 243 Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade Rear WINdOW cceseseeseseeeeeneeees 205 SUN VISOFS 0 0 ec eee eet eeeeeeeeeees 204 205 Suspension tuning see AIRMATIC Tachometer ccccccccesseceeeees 28 126 Overspeed range iiics 126 Tail lamps Cleaning lense 0 sccsssssenseceee gt 262 Tar Stail Sinnen niles 261 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 362 Brake fluid sisese sinis 362 Capacities fuels coolants l DricantS Et cecsssescsceenseceestsespnscests 359 COCAINE AE E AT 365 Engine oil additives ore 362 Engine O18 ssceccsiceseseenvececassscncesns 361 Fuel requirement es ssees 363 Gasoline additives eee eee 364 Identification labels eee 346 Premium unleaded gasoline 362 Rims and tS scrisse sesser 353 Spare WheEEl srscreisrisisiii rsrs 358 Vehicle specification E 350 348 Vehicle specification E350 AMATIC sciccissesciciececevccecensosete 349 Vehicle specification E350 Blue TEC civcics ccciseecoeoessaseceense 348 Vehicle speci
477. shion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom and back of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion and backrest If necessary adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest Anincorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats BabySmart air bag deactivation system The BabySmart air bag deactivation system is standard equipment in Canada A Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint
478. sons animals and approaching traffic or cross traffic BAS PLUS may not detect narrow vehicles driving in front of you such as motorcycles and vehicles driving offset from your vehicle center After a hard collision or damage to the front of the vehicle from an accident have the adjustment and operation of the radar sensors checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If BAS PLUS is not available due to a radar sensor malfunction the braking system will continue to function normally with full brake boost and full standard BAS function Adaptive Brake Adaptive Brake provides a high level of braking safety as well as increased braking comfort Adaptive Brake takes driver and vehicle characteristics into consideration thus achieving an optimal braking effect In addiditon Adaptive Brake provides the HOLD function gt page 161 and the hill start assist system gt page 160 For more information on the brake system see gt page 254 EBP A Observe Safety notes see page 62 The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allowing the rear brakes to supply a greater proportion of the braking effort in straight line braking without a loss of vehicle stability A Warning If the EBP malfunctions the brake system will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up during emergency braking situations for example You could lose control of the vehicle an
479. spare wheel e a spare wheel with collapsible tire e an MOExtended system your vehicle does not have a spare wheel or a TIREFIT kit e a TIREFIT kit your vehicle does not have a spare wheel A Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with a spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Do not switch off the ESC when a spare wheel is mounted Preparing the vehicle gt Vehicles with AIRMATIC Make sure the vehicle level is set to normal level gt page 163 gt Whenever possible park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher 19 Canada only wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter
480. speed Last stored Speed ceeeeeeeeees LEVET perese eoira enea eR EEEE Messages in the multifunction display scstessascssassuscesesacehisesccestsoteess 279 Resume function eseese 148 Setting current speed sessies 147 Cup holders o a 203 Curb weight csiisinississnsr 250 Customer Assistance Center CAC 23 Customer Relations Department 23 C Damping system eeeeeeeeeeee 163 Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording ce eseeeseeeeeeeneeees 23 Daytime running lamp mode 98 Switching OM OF Off sccczssecsaessesssssssese 141 Deep water see Standing water Defroster Front Climate control system 189 Rear WINdOW e cceesesseeeesteeeeeneeees 191 Delayed shut off Exterior lamps s c0sisscesssseeseeeeevecacesss 142 Interior JiSHtIMS csssessesccessceseeese 143 Department of Transportation see DOT Diesel fuel see Fuel Difficulties WIIGHArIVIMNB 5 scsccsostestecssencesssseseeve 112 With Starting s esinsin 110 Dimensions vehicle see Vehicle specification Direction of rotation tires 241 inde Displays DISTRONIC PLUS niesie 151 Maintenance service indicator 258 Messages in the multifunction displaye naren a ER 272 Multifunction display 0 0 00 eee 128 Symbol messages s is 287 Text MESSaES iuc 274 Trip COMPUTER isiisesseiciiesiine 129 Vehicle status message memory 139 Vehicle system settings 0 1
481. ss OK to Restart gt Press button OK The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Tires and wheels Now OK Cancel Yes gt If you wish to confirm Press button A or V to select Yes gt Press button OK The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted After a certain learning phase the tire pressure loss warning system checks the set pressure values for all four tires gt If you wish to cancel Press button A or v to select Cancel gt Press button OK to confirm The previous settings remain unchanged Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Your vehicle is equipped with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS It measures the tire inflation pressure in the vehicle s tires and issues warnings in case of pressure loss in one or more of the tires The TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA or a low tire pressure telltale Canada in the instrument cluster Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS
482. ss5cteschsaiasesseiedesctasaeccieas Rims and tires technical data Rotation Service life SHOW CHAINS eiseres 252 Speed Tating n e 247 251 SOMME vscbsssrscacdesescessevssevsssveseevererees 243 Temperature sireci teis 230 244 Termino Y iseer r 249 TIREFIT tire repair kit woe 329 Tire Identification Number 251 Tire pressure loss warning system 232 TPMS low tire pressure malfunction telltale cccceeeeeees 312 TRACTION c ccccicsieccssneseeesnsseossaes Tread woceeeeeceeeeenees Tread depth MEGAWOCAM ererken n er Treadwear indicators 242 252 Vehicle maximum load on 06 252 Wear pattern cecicesisdecieceieescenclinies 244 Winter tireS cceceeesseeeeeees 252 353 Tire speed rating 247 251 Top tether see Children in the vehicle Total load limit eee 251 Towing Towing eye bolt nesese 341 Vehicle sesssssnsssssssssssessssssrrrrresesrrnns 340 Towing eye bolt l 341 TractioM ses ean cessssseececccssinevss cess Transfer case l Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions Traveling abroad ee esses Tread tires oo ee eeeeeseeeeneeeeees Tread depth tires 0 0 242 252 Treadwead ceee Treadwear indicators tires 242 252 Trip MON ecne nnn 129 Tr
483. st be drained completely Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H Gasoline engine To prevent damage to the catalytic converters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire H Diesel engine When filling the diesel fuel tank using fuel containers place a filling filter a suede cloth or a clean flannel cloth as a filter Otherwise particles from the fuel container could clog the fuel lines and or the diesel injection system H Diesel engine The engine is more susceptible to wear and damage if you use At the gas station Ete HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM The use of such non approved fuels and or special additives is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Gasoline engine Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gasoline engine gt page 362 see Fuel requirements gt page 363 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www
484. steering capability gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning gt Have the Tele Aid system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center There is a malfunction in the Supplemental Restraint System SRS The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Components of the driver s supplemental restraint system may not work properly gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Components of the front passenger s supplemental restraint system may not work properly gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions Ly Rear Left Components of the left rear passenger s supplemental SRS restraint system may not work properly alfunctio Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized n Service Mercedes Benz Center Required Ly Rear Components of the center rear passenger s supplemental Center restraint syste
485. switch gt page 18 1 or G3 gt page 183 up or down until you have select the desired setting and the corresponding symbol is shown in display Controls in detail Fy Adjusting air volume Dual zone automatic climate control gt Decreasing increasing Press rocker switch G gt page 181 up or down 3 zone automatic climate control gt Decreasing increasing Press rocker switch 2 gt page 183 up or down Rear air volume control with the rear climate control panel gt Decreasing increasing Press button 7 or 8 gt page 183 Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the front door windows b gt ay Climate control system Controls in detail heal Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the front door windows are clear again gt Activating Press button The indicator lamp above the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front door windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off You can adjust the air volume when the front defroster is switched on gt Deactivating Press button q The indicator lamp above the button goes out The prev
486. switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Remove the KEYLESS GO start stop button from the starter switch gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so Mounting the spare wheel Introduction gt Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 323 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e vehicle tool kit e collapsible wheel chock e electric air pump required for vehicles with spare wheel with collapsible tire only For information on where to find the respective items see Where will find gt page 268 and gt page 27 1 b gt Flat tire Eee Practical hints A Flat tire Practical hints E Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle This section describes the wheel change using the tools approved and recommended for your vehicle Lifting the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for you
487. systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 101 H The vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h While being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use use the combination switch in the usual manner to signal turns Only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating Z Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz
488. t Securing Press the lever up in direction of arrow Q gt Check to make sure the child safety locks are working properly gt Releasing Press the lever down in direction of arrow 2 Override switch Observe Safety notes see page 56 With the override switch you can disable the rear door window switches in the rear door panels This can be useful for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment A Warning Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure themselves e g by becoming trapped in the rear door window opening gt Activating Press override switch Indicator lamp 2 comes on Driving safety systems le The rear door windows can no longer be USA only operated using the respective switch This device complies with Part 15 of the located in the rear doors FCC Rules Operation is subject to the You can still operate the rear door windows following two conditions a using the switches located on the door 1 This device may not cause harmful control panel of the driver s door interference and D gt Deactivating Press override switch 2 this device must accept any 5 again interference received includin S interference received g D Indicator lamp goes out interference that may cause undesired V The rear door windows can be operated operation again using the respective switch loca
489. t be used to refill the tank as its purity is no longer guaranteed H Impurities caused for example by other service products cleaning agents and dust result in increased emissions malfunctions catalyst damage or engine damage Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection H Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection Fuels coolants lubricants etc ee and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used
490. t the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat e A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in a backseat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat
491. t adjustment function takes place with a certain amount of retracting force when the system senses slack between the vehicle occupant and the seat belt Do not retain the seat belt during this procedure You can activate or deactivate the seat belt adjustment function via the control system gt page 145 Releasing the seat belts gt Press seat belt release button gt page 50 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding latch plate gt page 50 H Make sure the seat belt retracts completely Otherwise the seat belt and or latch plate could get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Rear center seat belt The seat belt of the rear center seat may be blocked when the left rear seat backrest is folded forward and back gt page 199 The seat belt can then not be pulled out gt Unblocking the seat belt of the rear center seat Pull the center seat belt approximately 1 in 25 mm out of the seat belt outlet in the seat backrest and release it The seat belt is retracted and unblocked Seat belt outlet height adjustment You can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet for the driver s and front passenger seat
492. t an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints When checking the brake fluid level the vehicle must be parked on level ground i A Tires and wheels Operation lest The brake fluid level is correct when it is between lower mark MIN and upper mark MAX of the brake fluid reservoir Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct Z Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recommended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot alwa
493. t bench are inneleventodeameccdent equipped with six cargo tie down hooks o Cargo tie down hooks are intended for T Parcel nets are located securing light weight items only 8 e in the front passenger footwell Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all cargo tie down hooks with a rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo e behind the rear armrest e at each side of the left and right trunk side walls Retaining hook Cargo tie down rings A retaining hook can be used to attach cargo items such as bags Vehicles with split rear seat bench are equipped with six cargo tie down rings Always follow loading instructions gt page 197 Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all the cargo tie down rings with a rope of sufficient strength to hold down the cargo H Do not use the retaining hook to tie down cargo Se yy gt Pull strap Q of retaining hook 2 down Split rear seat bench Cargo tie down rings To expand the cargo volume you can fold down the left and right rear seat backrests b gt Loading and storing Controls in detail Les The two sections can be folded down separately A Warning When expanding the cargo volume always fold the seat backrests fully forward Unless you are transporting cargo the seat backrests must remain properly locked in the upright position In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around i
494. t cluster comes on Due to the system characteristics warnings could be issued without cause in complex driving situations When the driver and front passenger have fastened their seat belts the PRE SAFE Brake can also e brake the vehicle within a speed range of up to 124 mph 200 km h automatically e activate preventative occupant safety measures PRE SAFE gt page 53 A Warning An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the PRE SAFE Brake calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that the PRE SAFE Brake will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake your vehicle to increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle driving in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident A Warning The PRE SAFE Brake is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The
495. t engages into vehicle tool kit box gt Installing vehicle tool kit box Slide vehicle tool kit box 8 into the recess of luggage bowl 9 gt Push vehicle tool kit box 8 downward until it engages into luggage bowl Practical hints E 63 AMG Towing eye bolt Pair of gloves Jack Collapsible wheel chock Alignment bolt Protective wrap Electric air pump Wheel wrench Fuse chart Collapsible wheel chock The collapsible wheel chock serves to secure the vehicle e g while changing a wheel gt Take the collapsible wheel chock from the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 P40 10 5254 31 gt Setting up Tilt both plates upward Q gt Fold the lower plate outward 2 gt Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the way into the openings of base plate For information on where to place wheel chocks when changing a wheel see Lifting the vehicle gt page 324 Jack A Warning Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is designed only for the purpose of changing a wheel When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel section and the notes on the jack gt Take the jack from the vehicle tool kit gt page 268 P58 10 2211 31 Storage position gt Turn the crank handle in the
496. t in the vehicle Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button without depressing the brake pedal corresponds to the various starter switch positions gt page 85 Pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 109 The KEYLESS GO start stop button can be pulled out of the starter switch easily Youcan then insert the SmartKey into the starter switch The KEYLESS GO start stop button does not need to be removed from the starter switch when you leave the vehicle However always take the SmartKey with you when you leave the vehicle As long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle the vehicle s electrical systems can be switched on or the engine can be started using the KEYLESS GO start stop button KEYLESS GO start stop button Starter switch gt Insert the KEYLESS GO start stop button into the starter switch if not inserted already Allow for 2 seconds until the system has detected the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Do not depress the brake pedal KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers e g wipers
497. t may appear in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You are driving with the parking brake engaged gt Release the parking brake There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Risk of accident gt Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem the brake fluid catching fire You can be Driving with the brake warning lamp seriously burned illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately ifthe M If you find that the brake fluid in the brake brake warning lamp stays on Do not add fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum brake fluid before checking the brake system mark or below have the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result checked for brake pad thickness and leaks in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and What to do if Safety systems Problem F Jc Jc The red seat belt telltale comes on fora maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on In addition you hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine
498. t safety Safety and security Oo abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Driver s front air bag Q and front passenger front air bag 2 are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and front passenger front air bag and driver s side knee bag are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the respective seat belt is in use e independently of the side impact air bags pelvis air bags and or the window curtain air bags The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation The rate of inflation is based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit Vehicles with OCS USA only The front passenger front air bag deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 43 Vehicles w
499. t up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system suppresses deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag that the seat was occupied by a small individual Such as a young teenager or a small adult or a child who weighs more than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint both of which are instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag Be kes indicator lamp will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0 A Warning If the red SRS indicator lamp amp in the instrument cluster and the 8 is indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the OCS The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Sit with the seat belt properly f
500. tail SEL These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Adjusting vehicle level manually Z Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when lowering the vehicle chassis Select the normal level for driving on normal roads Select the raised level for driving on rough roads or with snow chains Select the raised level only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise the handling may be impaired and the fuel consumption may increase The selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch ke Selecting raised level gt Start the engine When indicator lamp is off gt Briefly press vehicle level control switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on The vehicle adjusts from normal level to raised level The message Vehicle Rising appears in the multifunction display when adjusting from normal level to raised level The message disappears when the vehicle is raised Indicator lamp is then lit When the vehicle is in raised level pressing vehicle level control switch Q will return the vehicle to normal level The vehicle is lowered to the normal level automatically when e the vehicle speed is above 75 mph 120 km h e the vehicle speed stays between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for approximately 3 minutes Indicato
501. tation Tire branding symbol denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four symbols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 228 Tire size Code 8 indicates the tire size Tire type code Tire type code may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6 identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week starting with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3208 represents the 32nd week of 2008 For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats b gt Operation A Tires and wheels Operation Lest radio and heater to the extent that thes
502. tch KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door This puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Opening Press fuel filler flap Q at the point indicated by the arrow gt Turn fuel filler cap counterclockwise gt Take off fuel filler cap H The fuel filler cap is tethered to the fuel filler neck Do not drop the cap It could damage the vehicle paint finish gt Place fuel filler cap 2 in direction of arrow into holder gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit and refuel gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap clockwise until it audibly engages Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehicle Otherwise the flap locking pin will prevent closing the fuel filler flap gt Close fuel filler flap Low outside temperatures diesel engine H Do not fill the tank with gasoline Do not blend diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene The fuel system and engine will otherwise be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To prevent malfunctions diesel fuel with improved cold flow characteristics is offered in the winter months Check with your fuel retailer Check regularly and before a long trip For information on quantities and requirements of operating agents see Fuels coolants
503. tch to position O and then back to position 2 all messages will be deleted from the message memory Controls in detail ey Settings menu Introduction In the Sett menu there are two functions The function Factory Setting gt page 139 with which you can reset the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus gt page 140 with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle Resetting to factory settings You can reset most of the settings of the submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Daytime Running Lamps in the Lights submenu cannot be reset while driving gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu to select the A Control system Controls in detail Lal gt Press button v or a to select the Factory Setting function gt Press button OK The function Reset All Settings appears in the multifunction display gt Press button v Jor a to select Yes or No Select Yes if you want to reset to factory settings gt Press button OK to confirm The confirmation message appears in the multifunction display Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button lt q or gt Sett menu to select the gt Press button or a to select a submenu Scroll down with
504. tch off the ESC when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESC This allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip for example e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Z Warning Switch on the ESC immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESC will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch off the ESC e the ESC will not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel e the ESC continues to operate when you are braking hard the PRE SAFE system is not available even when you are braking hard supported by the ESC e the PRE SAFE Brake is not available even when you are braking hard supported by the ESC e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS cannot be activated e the cruise control or the DISTRONIC PLUS switch off if activated When ESC is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESC warning lamp A in the instrument cluster does not flash The ESC will not stabilize the vehicle gt Switching off With the engine running press ESC switch until the ESC OFF in the instrument warning lamp 3 cluster comes on T
505. te to misjudge potential dangers or to react slower Therefore make sure to be rested before and during your trip Take rests early enough and regularly especially during long trips Failure to do so could cause you to recognize dangers too late which could result in an accident and serious injury to you and or others The ATTENTION ASSIST interprets your fatigue or increasing inattentiveness considering the following criteria e the individual driving style for example the way you steer e the driving conditions such as time of day and duration of the ride The ATTENTION ASSIST function is restricted and warnings will be delayed or not issued at all when e road conditions are bad e g heavy bumps or potholes e crosswinds are strong e driving in a sporty manner with high speed in curves or rapid acceleration e driving slower than 50 mph 80 km h or faster than 112 mph 180 km h most of the time e operating the COMAND or making phone calls via COMAND e changing lanes or varying the vehicle speed i e you intervene actively Warnings and displays in the multifunction display gt lg Example illustration Driving systems 179 gt Switch on the ATTENTION ASSIST via the control system gt page 138 ATTENTION ASSIST indicator Q appears in the multifunction display When the ATTENTION ASSIST is active it will warn you after 20 minutes of driving at the earliest An intermittent war
506. ted Any unauthorized modification to this in the rear doors A gt gt device could void the user s authority to 5 For more information on power windows see operate the equipment 5 the Controls in detail section N gt page 105 Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment P80 00 2187 3t gt Activating Press and hold Panic Driving safety systems button Q for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior Introduction SS lamps will operate This section contains information about the gt Deactivating Press Panc button again following driving safety systems or e ABS Antilock Brake System gt Insert the SmartKey into the starter switch e Adaptive Brake or e BAS Brake Assist System gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle e BAS PLUS Brake Assist System PLUS e EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning e ESC Electronic Stability Control PRE SAFE Brake Preventive Occupant Safety System Brake Safety and security a Driving safety systems In wi
507. tely 1 second gt Check the express operation feature gt page 193 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens and closes completely the roof is synchronized Otherwise repeat the above steps Panorama roof with power tilt sliding panel Panorama roof with power tilt g panel The roller sunblinds only operate with the tilt sliding panel closed The front and rear roller sunblind cannot be operated individually A Warning When extending the roller sunblinds make sure no one is in danger of being injured by the extending procedure The roller sunblinds are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If the movement of the roller sunblinds is blocked during the extending procedure the roller sunblinds will stop and retract slightly The extending of the roller sunblinds can be immediately halted by releasing the roof panel switch or if the roof panel switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the roof panel switch in any direction Roof panel switch Retracting Retracting Extending gt Switch on the ignition gt Retracting Extending Move the roof panel switch to the resistance point in the required direction of arrow 4 or until the roller sunblinds have reached their desired position gt Express operation Move the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow Q 2 or and release The roller sunblinds retract
508. tenance System A changes Failure to do so will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Using engine oils and oil filters of a specification other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the 50 Mixed with water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze Technical data E Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number Model Engine MB sheet type number 2 350 DY D 22975 E 350 4MATIC E 350 BlueTEC 642 22975 2 550 DUS 22955 E 550 4MATIC E 63 AMG 156 229 59 MB sheet numbers are printed on the outside of oil containers Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change P18 00 2251 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty A Fuels coolants lubricants etc Air conditioning refrigerant R134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle
509. ter correct it Only reset the maintenance service indicator if the proper maintenance service has been performed Not following the proper maintenance service as described in the Maintenance Booklet will result in b gt EAA L bee Operation P A Vehicle care Operation hel engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle Z Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping
510. ter instead of the entire tire size e g R 18 or 18 The rim diameter is part of the tire size as specified on the tire sidewall gt page 246 P40 00 2178 21 Example illustration Tire inflation pressures specific to rim diameter Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires Z Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear Tires and wheels e be more prone to damage from road hazards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning S Follow recommended tire inflation pressures 5 Do
511. ter or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be charged sufficiently gt Get a jump start gt page 338 If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about 2 minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several starting attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control H Do not run a cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty E 63 AMG At engine temperatures below 68 F 20 C the engine s maximum speed is restricted in order to protect it from damage Avoid driving your vehicle at full speed when the engine is cold to prevent premature engine wear and or diminished comfort H If an acoustic warning sounds and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parki
512. terference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will switch off automatically after 20 seconds and indicator lamp 2 in Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 263 gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interference from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Parking Guidance The Parking Guidance is part of the Parktronic system With the Parktronic system switched on gt page 168 the Parking Guidance is also available The Parking Guidance is an electronic parking aid equipped with ultrasonic sensors The ultrasonic sensors scan the area on both sides of vehicle When a suitable parking space is found it is indicated by a parking space symbol in the multifunction display You will receive steering instructions for parking in that space Z Warning The Parking Guidance is only an aid and may display parking spaces that are not suitable for parking such as e no parking zones e parking space with unsuitable road ground surface e driveways e entrances exits The Parking Guidance scans for and measures potential parking spaces when driving past Subsequent changes to the parking space are not taken into account This may be the case if the position of the vehicle parked in front or behind the space
513. th at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks the distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service It calculates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have it serviced in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator message Information on maintenance work and maintenance intervals are specified in the Maintenance Booklet Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for additional information The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is required Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is required one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display The messages will appear while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Next Service A in XXXX miles km Next Service A in XX days Service A Due An
514. th the back against the seat backrest e with the feet on the floor If the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the 3 x indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned Z Warning If the 3 seer indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger reposition himself or Occupant safety Ea 2 PASS ARG herself in the seat until the indicator lamp goes out In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard
515. than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Tires and wheels a Recommended tire inflation pressure pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated A Warning Follow recommended cold tire inflation Follow recommended tire inflation pressures pressures listed on Tire and Loading Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires Information placard on the driver s door wear excessively and or unevenly adversely B pillar affect handling and fuel economy and are Keeping the tires properly inflated provides more likely to fail from being overheated the best handling tread life and riding Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tirescan comfort B adversely affect handling and ride comfort In addition to the Tire and Loading wear unevenly increase stopping distance Information placard on the driver s door 5 and result in sudden deflation blowout B pillar also consult the tire inflation because they are more likely to become pressure label on the inside of the filler flap S punctured or damaged by road debris for any additional information pertaining to potholes etc special driving situations For more O Do not overload the tires by exceeding the information see Important notes on tire specified load limit as indicated on the Tire inflation pressure gt page 230 and Loading Information placard on
516. the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened With the front passenger seat empty and the seat belt fastened the front passenger side impact air bag will deploy independently of the empty seat Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is properly inserted into the buckle The side impact air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system s deployment threshold The side impact air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the side impact air bags H Vehicles with BabySmart air bag deactivation system Canada only Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ib 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold A Warning Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags and or pelvis air bags Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Occupant safety be Safety and security ea Occupant safety Safety and security Pelvis air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 37 Pelvis air bags are des
517. the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing b gt Safety and security La e Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time e Seat belts should not be worn twisted Ina crash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible e Check your seat belt during travel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning
518. the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 272 Unlocking locking manually Unlocking the vehicle illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the restraint or less on the front passenger seat SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the do not transport a child on the front driver s door and the trunk using the passenger seat until the system has been mechanical key repaired The anti theft alarm system will trigger when you e unlock the driver s door or the trunk with the mechanical key and e open the driver s door or the trunk To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey into the starter switch Removing the mechanical key P80 20 2506 31 gt Move locking tab in the direction of arrow gt Slide mechanical key out of the housing Unlocking the driver s door gt Insert mechanical key into the driver s door lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position gt Pull the door handle to open the driver s door gt Turn mechanical key 2 back and remove it from the driver s door lock Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 5 78 ft 1 76 m is required to open the trunk lid P80 20 3519 31 gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the trunk lid lock gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise to position _
519. the parking brake to secure the vehicle When the HOLD function is activated the automatic transmission shifts into park position P automatically when e opening the driver s door and releasing the seat belt e turning off the engine e opening the hood e a system malfunction occurs e the on board voltage is insufficient The HOLD function is deactivated AIRMATIC E 550 and E 550 4MATIC Introduction The AIRMATIC lets you select the chassis and suspension setup The chassis and suspension setup adjusts the damping behavior and the ride height for your vehicle The AIRMATIC consists of two components The electronically controlled damping system gt page 163 and the vehicle level control gt page 163 Damping system The damping system is controlled electronically and operates continuously It adjusts the damping characteristics to the current operating and driving conditions The damping is adjusted individually for each wheel Driving safety and tire comfort are increased The fine tuning of the damping is dependent on e your driving style e road surface conditions e your personal settings The selected setting remains stored in memory even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch gt Start the engine Sporty damping adjustment The firmer suspension tuning in Sport driving mode provides enhanced road contact Select this mode for example on winding highways gt Press damping
520. the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving There is a malfunction in the Advanced TPMS gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 272 gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving ona significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire t
521. the retainer until it engages Cigarette lighter Observe Safety notes see page 56 A Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter If the engine is off and the cigarette lighter is being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged P68 00 6213 31 gt Switch on the ignition gt Open cover Q gt page 206 gt Push in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter 2 will pop out automatically when hot gt Take out cigarette lighter gt Reinsert cigarette lighter in its socket after use Useful features 207 Power outlet in trunk Power outlets The power outlets can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories e g auxiliary lamps mobile phone chargers up to a maximum of 15 A 180 W If the engine is off and the power outlets are being used extensively the vehicle battery may become discharged Power outlet in glove box gt Open the glove box gt page 201 Power outlet in rear passenger compartment gt Briefly press top of cover Q Cover Q opens automatically Controls in detail Pa H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press Information button Q i
522. the trunk within approximately 40 seconds after unlocking the vehicle e The vehicle will be locked again e The anti theft alarm system will be rearmed gt Global locking Press button Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey Pressing button will then only unlock the driver s door and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons g land simultaneously for approximately 6 seconds until the battery check lamp gt page 79 flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows Locking and unlocking gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button a once gt Global unlocking Press button g twice gt Global locking Press button KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey The validity of the SmartKey is checked every time you grasp an outside door handle Controls in detail Fe When the SmartKey is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference an
523. tic You can adjust the 3 zone automatic climate climate control separately for the driver s control separately for each zone in the and passenger side vehicle Rear climate control P63 25 2380 31 Canada only The rear climate control allows separate climate settings for the rear compartment Climate control system Ree Control panels Dual zone automatic climate control DS w i e e aaao USA only Oe ie e Function Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Front defroster ZONE function on off Air recirculation MAX COOL function on off A C cooling on off Rear window defroster Climate control on off Temperature control passenger side Air distribution Air volume Recommendation Notes Switch on the automatic mode The indicator lamp above button on AUTO comes Keep this setting selected only until the windshield and the front door windows are clear again Only use this function for a short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh air Switch on off the air conditioning Switch on off the climate control system Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C gt page 186 gt page 189 gt page 191 gt page 190 gt page 190 gt page 185 gt page 191 gt page 185 gt page 186 gt page 189 gt page 189 P68 20
524. ting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or the HomeLink Hotline USA only at 1 800 355 3515 or the Customer Service Canada only at 1 800 387 0100 Useful features as Controls in detail Py A Useful features USA only compass must be calibrated and the This device complies with Part 15 of the magnetic field zone set FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions gt Calling up the compass Press button briefly 1 This device may not cause harmful The compass displays the direction into interference and which the vehicle is currently traveling N 2 this device must accept any NE E SE S SW W or NW interference received including gt Compass adjustment Determine your interference that may cause undesired location on the basis of the following zone operation maps Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions Controls in detail L 1 This device may not cause interfere
525. tion describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be prepared to brake in such situations Braking will deactivate the DISTRONIC PLUS system A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn the DISTRONIC b gt Controls in detail i fea Driving systems Turns and bends Controls in detail heal PLUS could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed The DISTRONIC PLUS regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead of it It may not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning The DISTRONIC PLUS should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located in the hood grille and in the bumper especially at times of snow and ice
526. tion display you will then see the following message Call From Newman John Example illustration ae Control system gt Press button You have answered the call The caller s number appears only if it is transmitted The caller s name appears only if the number and the name are stored in the phone book Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call gt Press button eX Dialing a number from the phone book When your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time To use the phone book of the COMAND system you can import business cards vCards from external Bluetooth phones into your COMAND system s phone book see separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button lt or gt to select the Tel menu gt Press button or a or Ok to switch to the phone book The stored names are displayed in ascending alphabetical order gt Press button v or a to select the desired entry If you press and hold button or A the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names quick search After holding button or a fora short while the scrolling speed increases Release the button to stop the quick search The search stops automatically at the end of the list Control system 137 gt Press
527. tion of arrow gt page 153 you will see the message DISTRONIC PLUS mph in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the DISTRONIC PLUS e within 2 minutes after driving off following an engine start e if the vehicle is secured with the parking brake e if the ESC is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral position N e if the hood is open e if the driver s door is open and the driver has not fastened his or her seat belt e if the front passenger or a rear passenger door is open e if the radar sensors are switched off gt page 144 Controls in detail Fy EA Driving systems Controls in detail Lil Switching on while driving You can switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is above 20 mph 30 km h Below 20 mph 30 km h you can only switch on the DISTRONIC PLUS if the preceding vehicle has been detected and is shown in the multifunction display If you no longer see the preceding vehicle in the multifunction display and if it is no longer detected because it has changed lanes for example the DISTRONIC PLUS switches off and a signal sounds gt Pull the DISTRONIC PLUS lever briefly in direction of arrow to call up the last set speed or if no speed is stored to set and store the current speed The DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on or gt Tap th
528. tioning The headlamps come on Function automatically Inoperativ Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt Switch off the daytime running lamp mode in the control system gt page 141 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 97 Xy Check The left or right low beam lamp is malfunctioning i Left Low gt Halogen headlamp Replace the bulb as soon as possible Beam gt page 318 Practical hints _ Bie gt Bi Xenon headlamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Right Low Beam w Check The rear fog lamp is malfunctioning This message will only Rear Left appear if all LEDs have stopped working Fog Lamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible w Switch You have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch Off Lights opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to o or A gt page 97 or gt With the fog lamps switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop OE Check The left or right tail lamp brake lamp is malfunctioning This Left Tail message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working and Brake Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Lamps
529. tive front head RESEPAINES si ssisc cssbeeheseecec dees tsiere 54 Rear seat head restraints 89 Heated steering wheel 94 Height adjustment Seat belt Outlet cc6iseccsestssceesssecazess 51 SOAS iiair 87 Vehicle level Control eeeeeeees 163 High beam flasher cesses 101 High beam headlamps 100 319 Adaptive Highbeam Assist 100 Indicator lam presici 29 Replacing bulbs sses 319 High performance brake system 256 Hill start assist system 0 160 HOLD function oa ces s cecesseesessvastoareees 161 Hood eneee EA 223 Messages in the multifunction display sraa eae S 293 Hydroplaning eeeeeeeceeeeeeneeees 257 C Identification labels 000 346 Identification number vehicle MIN eteiseen SEN 346 Ignition enrenou 85 86 110 Immobilizer eeeeeereeeeee 71 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle 0 00000000 80 Instrument cluster 28 125 INWIMIM AION sic cccesntevecsoon terest 125 Lamps secsec an 304 Multifunction display eee 128 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting Delayed shut off
530. to drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Without the brake pedal depressed the gear selector lever can be moved up or down However the parking pawl remains engaged not allowing shifting to occur gt Wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehicle in motion gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine speed This allows the catalytic converter gasoline engine or the oxidation catalyst diesel engine to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 254 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e Gasoline engine An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Gasoline engine Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the en
531. to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorrosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in b gt Technical data A Fuels coolants lubricants etc Before the start of the winter seaso
532. tor lamp instrument cluster You can only switch on the high beam headlamps when the low beam headlamps are on The high beam flasher is available at all times Canada only When the engine is running and you e shift from a driving position to park position P with the vehicle at a standstill the daytime running lamps or the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 the daytime running lamps and the parking lamps come on in bright ambient lighting conditions e turn the exterior lamp switch to position Z the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 97 USA only When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position 300 lt or Lighting Kee 2 the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 97 Fog lamps A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position A to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from _A_ to 2 will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Controls in detail FA Front fog lamps will operate with th
533. traffic psa 7o2e27 31 light with cross traffic the vehicle may suddenly start to drive off Controls in detail Py Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by the DISTRONIC RACE START E 63 AMG PLUS There will be insufficient distance to the preceding vehicles RACE START enables optimum acceleration from a standing start with suitable high grip Obstacles and stationary vehicles road surface conditions Z Warning RACE START is only available when the ESC SPORT mode is switched on ESC SPORT stabilizes the vehicle only to a limited extent if the vehicle starts to skid or when a wheel is spinning RACE START should be used only on closed tracks Always adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions The DISTRONIC PLUS does not brake for Conditions for activation obstacles or stationary vehicles If for RACE START can be activated when example the vehicle detected in front of you changes lanes to bypass an obstacle or e the doors are closed stationary vehicle in front of it the e the engine is running and has reached its DISTRONIC PLUS will not brake for the operating temperature of approximately obstacle or stationary vehicle 80 C This is the case when the engine oil temperature indicator in the multifunction display stops flashing e ESC SPORT is switched on gt page 67 e the multifunction steering wh
534. tremely high operating demands required to accommodate the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeaking type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of individual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driving style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESC switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires In heavy rain or when conditions indicate possible hydroplaning gt Reduce vehicle speed gt Avoid track grooves in the road gt Apply brakes cautiously Standing
535. trol with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death 6 r P68 05 2183 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Hand held remote control is not part of the vehicle equipment Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 and release them when indicator lamp Q begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand
536. ts E 350 Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load Vehicle specification E 350 BlueTEC VAP AOyZ The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment max 220 Ib 100 kg 23 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating 24 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Vehicle specification E 350 4MATIC 212 087 Ee Engine E 350 BlueTEC Engine type 642 Mode of operation Diesel 4 stroke engine No of cylinders 6 Bore 3 27 in 83 00 mm Stroke 3 62 in 92 00 mm Total piston 182 3 cu in displacement 2987 cm Compression OEE ratio Output acc to 210 hp 3 400 rpm SAE J 1349 157 kW 3 400 rpm Maximum torque 400 b ft acc toSAEJ 1349 1600 2400 rpm 543 Nm 1600 2400 rpm Maximum engine 4500 rpm speed Firing order 1 4 2 5 3 6 Poly V belt 2035 mm Electrical system E 350 BlueTEC Alternator 14 V 180 A Starter motor 12 V 2 0 kW Battery 12 V 95 Ah Main dimensions E 350 BlueTEC Overall vehicle 191 9 in 4874 mm length Overall vehicle width 5 81 5 in 2071 mm 25 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Main dimensions E 350 BlueTEC Overall vehicle height2 Wheelbase 57 8 in 1467 mm 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 62 2 in 1580 mm 63 0 in 1599 mm 3 5 in 89 mm Track rear Ground clearance Turning circle 36 9 ft
537. ttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage Do not exceed 2 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 Fuels coolants lubricants etc ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Diesel engine Only use commercially available vehicular ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD 15 ppm SULFUR MAXIMUM that meets the ASTM D975 standard Failure to use ULTRA LOW SULFUR HIGHWAY DIESEL FUEL ULSD can severely damage the vehicle s exhaust after treatment d
538. u under Distance Display you see the current settings for DISTRONIC PLUS The Information shown in DISTRONIC PLUS deactivated When the DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated you will see the following display in the multifunction display Example illustration Preceding vehicle if detected Actual distance to the preceding vehicle Preset distance threshold to the preceding vehicle Your vehicle PRE SAFE Brake activated DISTRONIC PLUS lever Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the DISTRONIC PLUS Activating the DISTRONIC PLUS or resuming to the last set speed Setting following distance Driving systems 153 Activating DISTRONIC PLUS A Warning When the DISTRONIC PLUS is switched on the vehicle can be braked You should therefore switch off the DISTRONIC PLUS if the vehicle must be towed You can activate the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is above 20 mph 30 km h It is also possible to activate the DISTRONIC PLUS when the vehicle speed is below 20 mph 30 km h and the DISTRONIC PLUS has detected a preceding vehicle If the DISTRONIC PLUS is activated one or two segments 2 gt page 151 around set speed 8 gt page 151 in the multifunction display are illuminated The maximum vehicle speed you can set is 120 mph Canada 200 km h If the DISTRONIC PLUS is not activated after the DISTRONIC PLUS lever is pulled in direc
539. ual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery Controls in detail Fs gt Switching front interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching rear interior lighting on off Press switch gt Switching front reading lamps on off Press respective button amp amp Ambient lighting The brightness of the ambient lighting is adjusted via the Control system gt page 143 Emergency lighting When the interior lighting is set to automatic mode the interior lighting comes on automatically if the vehicle is involved in an accident Switching off gt Press hazard warning flasher switch gt page 101 or gt Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey wos wipes Controls in detail L Interior lighting in the rear H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switched on for an extended period of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery Ee yo a P82 20 3377 21 Right rear reading lamp on off Left rear reading lamp on off B3 Bx Notes H Do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage th
540. ue to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approximately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3
541. ugs 15 18 lb ft tightening torque 20 25 Nm Main dimensions E 550 Overall vehicle 191 9 in 4874 mm length Overall vehicle 81 5 in 2071 mm width Overall vehicle 57 0 in 1447 mm height Wheelbase 113 1 in 2874 mm Track front 62 5 in 1587 mm Track rear 63 0 in 1599 mm Ground clearance 5 4 in 137 mm Turning circle 36 9 ft 11 3 m Weights E 550 Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg 30 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out Vehicle specification E 550 4MATIC CAFAEL The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Engine E 550 4MATIC Engine type 273 Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection ratio No of cylinders 8 E Bore 3 86 in 98 00 mm 8 Stroke 3 56 in 90 50mm Total piston 333 2 cu in g displacement 5461 cm Z Compression IOAZ S Output acc to SAE J 13493 382 hp 6000 rpm 285 kW 6000 rpm Maximum torque 391 Ib ft acc toSAEJ 1349 2800 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2 800 4800 rpm Maximum engine 6500 rpm speed Firing order 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2392 mm Electrical system E 550 4MATIC Alternator 14V 180A Starter motor 12 V 1 4 kW Battery 12 V 95 Ah Spark plugs type NGK PLKR 7A 31 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating b gt I Vehicle specification
542. uipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle The illustration shows the vehicle retrofitted with the necessary tools for a wheel change USA only Vehicles with MOExtended system are not factory equipped with a TIREFIT kit When retrofitting with tires that do not have run flat characteristics you should also equip your vehicle with a TIREFIT kit TIREFIT kits are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center E 350 BlueTEC TIREFIT kit Electric air pump Jack Towing eye bolt Wheel wrench Fuse chart Collapsible wheel chock Alignment bolt Vehicles with spare wheel All models except E 63 AMG Bato MN Tab Removing vehicle tool kit box Vehicle tool kit box cover Opening vehicle tool kit box cover Tab Vehicle tool kit Vehicle tool kit box Luggage bowl Practical hints Where will I find gt Removing vehicle tool kit box Pull tab Q in direction of arrow and lift vehicle tool kit box gt Remove vehicle tool kit box 8 from luggage bowl 9 gt Opening vehicle tool kit box cover Pull tab in direction of arrow G and open vehicle tool kit box cover 3 gt Closing vehicle tool kit box cover Push vehicle tool kit box cover 3 downward until i
543. unk COSINE sirrini 82 Fuse DOK sonra rae Ea Messages in the multifunction CiSplay cvesesvsccceescteesecesctecaiacesses OPGMINS o cisdazelsccseest easier ripresi Opening closing system Tie dOWN NES s c5 cascsecesesssscbeeszones Trunk lid emergency release Unlocking manually eee Val tilOCKINB sf vcccnveeescesseeedsecsoxtvess Turning off the engine Turn signals 1 0 0 0 eee eens Cleaning lenses eee Indicator lAMPS sssini Messages in the multifunction CiSPlay sssvesecstercceeseveesecestecssseveceooes Replacing bulbs Uniform Tire Quality Grading 124 Standards cceeeeeeeereee 243 252 Units Selecting speedometer display MOE se tcersessevevdeveve ern yteciearess 141 Unleaded gasoline premium 362 Unlocking the vehicle KEYLESS GO vssttsccsissctesteesesseceesnescats 77 Manually SmartKey Upholstery cleaning ee 266 Useful features 0 eee eeeeeeeeeees 203 Valet locking 0 0 ee eceseeceseeeeneeeeees 85 Vehicle Battery cesor 336 E E E Gx cee 260 Control systemes 126 Identification Number VIN 346 Locking UNIOCKING seeeeeeeeeseeeeee 76 Lowering wheel change 328 Modifications and alterations Operating Safety irse 22 TOWING wececssvccecasssscustiescstevcaceshececcevs 340 Unlocking locking manually 314 Vehicle dimensions see Vehicle specification Vehicle Identification Number
544. ur vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Where will I find Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items The first aid kit is located in the trunk on the right hand side behind the cover gt Turn the lock clockwise and fold down the cover gt Loosen tensioning strap First aid kit can be removed The vehicle tool kit is located in the space underneath the trunk floor Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory equipped with the tools required for a wheel change such as a jack or a wheel 16 Vehicles with spare wheel only 17 E 63 AMG 18 E 350 BlueTEC if so equipped wrench Some tools required for a wheel change are specific to your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to obtain the tools approved for your vehicle The vehicle tool kit includes e Collapsible wheel chock Electric air pump 8 e Fuse chart Jack 6 e Pair of gloves e Protective wrap 7 e TIREFIT kit e Towing eye bolt e Wheel wrencht gt Open the trunk gt page 81 P68 00 5843 31 gt Lift the trunk floor using floor handle Where will I find P68 00 6710 31 gt Engage floor handle 8 on upper trunk lip Vehicles without spare wheel Vehicles without spare wheel are not factory eq
545. uring express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction When the tilt sliding panel is open resonance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pressure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the position of the tilt sliding panel or open a window slightly Raising gt Raising manually Press and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow Q gt Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To raise the tilt sliding panel completely press the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Express raising is not available when the tilt sliding panel is open The tilt sliding panel must be closed first Closing gt Closing manually Pull and hold the roof panel switch to the resistance point in direction of arrow gt Release the roof panel switch when the desired position is reached gt Express operation To close the tilt sliding panel completely pull the roof panel switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 3 and release gt Stopping during express operation Move the roof panel switch in any direction Closing when the tilt sliding panel is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can b
546. use interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Sensor monitoring range The Blind Spot Assist is able to monitor a range up to 10 ft 3 m to the rear and both sides of the vehicle b gt Driving systems Controls in detail ball 118 in 300 cm 19 7 in 50cm 118 in 200 cm 197 in 50 cen 118 in 300 cm P54 70 2534 31 A Warning The Blind Spot Assist monitors certain areas in the immediate vicinity of your vehicle Vehicles approaching and passing at speeds that exceed the speed of your vehicle significantly will not be detected There will be no warning display and no audible warning When driving in a very wide lane the sensors may not be able to cover the entire width of the neighboring lane Vehicles driving on the outside of the neighboring lane may not be detected It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to road weather and traffic conditions and to provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle Failure to do so could result in recognizing dangers too late possib
547. ve available The ATTENTION ASSIST is disabled gt Read and observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints A The yellow ESC The ESC or the ETS has come into operation because of detected warning lamp traction loss in at least one tire flashes while driving gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESC Exceptions All models except E 63 AMG gt page 66 E63 AMG gt page 68 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Driving systems Problem Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The red distance You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or warning lamp DISTRONIC PLUS or PRE SAFE Brake has recognized a stationary comes on while obstacle on your probable line of travel driving and an acoustic warning sounds gt Apply the brakes immediately gt Carefully
548. vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine compartment to catch fire You the engine has cooled down could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause E The engine should not be operated with serious burns which can occur just by opening the coolant temperature above 248 F the engine hood Stay away from the engine 120 C Doing 80 May CAUSE Selous if you see or hear steam coming from it damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 7A What to do if Practical hints E Tires Problem L USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously Canada only Low tire pressure telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously USA only Combination low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction telltale for the Advanced TPMS flashes 60 seconds and then stays illuminated Z Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked at least once a month when cold and inflated to the inflation Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The Advanced TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 272 If the tire inflation pressure in
549. vel when the low beam headlamps are switched on Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position a The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps e Parking lamps e Green indicator lamp in the instrument cluster y Automatic headlamp mode Z Warning If the exterior lamp switch is setto A the headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others activate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to 2 when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do So In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position A to 2 with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from A to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A When ambient light is low When the SmartKey is in starter switch position 1 or when the KEYLESS GO start stop button has been pressed once the parking
550. ween or under the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury H Allow the engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty ri During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter gasoline engine or oxidation catalyst diesel engine to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission Button for selecting park position P vu Park position Reverse gear Neutral position Drive position oj z w Automatic transmission Her i w Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission E 63 AMG Button for selecting park position P Park position R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position v Controls in detail p A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic transmission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicl
551. wever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire Is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 252 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropri
552. when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch Controls in detail pa e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a front door is opened from the inside e and the SmartKey is set to selective settings only the front door opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle has been locked centrally with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch Z Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death H When you open the trunk the trunk lid swings open upwards Always make sure there is sufficient overhead clearance Controls in detail les Locking and unlocking You can open the trunk when the vehicle is stationary A minimum height clearance of 5 78 ft 1 76 m is required to open the trunk lid Opening the trunk from the outside P80 20 2368 31 gt Press and hold button 5 gt page 76 on the SmartKey until the trunk unlocks and begins to open or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 85 Opening the trunk from the inside Example illustration Vehicles with trunk open
553. when leaving Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Releasing Pull on release handle Q When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp erake USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step on parking brake pedal firmly When the engine is running the brake warning lamp erare USA only or O Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on Turning off the engine A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessa
554. without appropriate wheel sensors mounted e g winter tires gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At least one sensor is defect e g battery is empty The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center At least one wheel without appropriate wheel sensors is mounted e g spare wheel The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center b gt Practical hints E Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Tire Currently Press Unavailabl Monitor e Correct Tire Pressure Caution Tire Defect Check Tires A Warning Possible causes consequences and gt Solutions The Advanced TPMS cannot monitor the tire inflation pressure due to a nearby radio interference source or insufficient power supply As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been rectified the Advanced TPMS becomes active again automatically after a few minutes of
555. wo axle dynamometer If such tests are necessary contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You could otherwise seriously damage the brake system or the transfer case which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Because the ESC operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 0 or 1 when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e towing the vehicle with the front or rear axle raised not permissible for vehicles with 4MATIC Active braking action through the ESC may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Instrument cluster Bes For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 28 B Z Warning No messages will be displayed if either the o instrument cluster or the multifunction D display is inoperative koj As a result you will not be able to see amp information about your driving conditions 2 such as g g oo gt To brighten illumination Turn e speed f e O dimmer clockwise o ouise temperature gt To dim illumination Turn dimmer e warning indicator lamps counterclockwise o meliumeiion wenning messages The instrument cluster illumination is e failure of any systems dimmed or brightened automatically to suit Driving character
556. y The TPMS usually recognizes tire pressure adjustments and sets new reference values automatically You can however restart the TPMS manually as described Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire inflation pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 237 or the supplemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button lt or gt on the multifunction steering wheel to select the Serv menu gt Press button a or v onthe multifunction steering wheel to select Tire Pressure gt Press button OK The current inflation pressure for each tire appears in the multifunction display or the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire pressures will be displayed after driving a few minut
557. y reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible and the You can adjust the side cushions of the head center of the head restraint supports the back restraints individually of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation With a rear seat occupied make sure to move the respective head restraint up from the gt Adjusting side cushions Pull or push side cushions Q into desired position gt Adjusting forward or backward Pull or push head restraint in direction of arrow 2 b gt Rear seat head restraint height adjustment Controls in detail bes lowest non use position and have the occupant adjust the head restraint properly Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints installed when the rear seats are occupied Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident A Warning Make sure the rear seat head restraints engage when placing them upright manually Otherwise their protective function cannot be ensured The back of the he
558. ys be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If the vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  Sprinter 50 User Manual  Le patch œstrus change de nom  MakerBot_Replicator2X_UserManual_Eng.  User Manual-SNO-7080R-ITALIAN_Web.indb    63 3. CUANTIFICACIÓN DE LAS RESERVAS Y  DHT-M730 - Home Home  User Manual - ChinaReader  Mat Wow_説明書A5  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file